diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/classes')
559 files changed, 1772 insertions, 1592 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/@GDScript.xml b/doc/classes/@GDScript.xml index e3eca57f2d..553fd4d629 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GDScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GDScript.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Color8"> <return type="Color"> @@ -94,7 +92,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="condition" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Assert that the [code]condition[/code] is true. If the [code]condition[/code] is false a fatal error is generated and the program is halted. Useful for debugging to make sure a value is always true. + Assert that the [code]condition[/code] is [code]true[/code] . If the [code]condition[/code] is [code]false[/code] a fatal error is generated and the program is halted. Useful for debugging to make sure a value is always [code]true[/code]. [codeblock] # Speed should always be between 0 and 20 speed = -10 @@ -261,16 +259,12 @@ </description> </method> <method name="decimals"> - <return type="float"> + <return type="int"> </return> <argument index="0" name="step" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the position of the first non-zero digit, after the decimal point. - [codeblock] - # n is 2 - n = decimals(0.035) - [/codeblock] + Deprecated alias for "[method step_decimals]". </description> </method> <method name="dectime"> @@ -500,6 +494,17 @@ [/codeblock] </description> </method> + <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="a" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="b" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns True/False whether [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are approximately equal to each other. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_inf"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -527,6 +532,15 @@ Returns whether [code]s[/code] is a NaN (Not-A-Number) value. </description> </method> + <method name="is_zero_approx"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="s" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns True/False whether [code]s[/code] is zero or almost zero. + </description> + </method> <method name="len"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -626,6 +640,23 @@ [/codeblock] </description> </method> + <method name="move_toward"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Moves [code]from[/code] toward [code]to[/code] by the [code]delta[/code] value. + Use a negative [code]delta[/code] value to move away. + [codeblock] + move_toward(10, 5, 4) # returns 6 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> <method name="nearest_po2"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -1005,6 +1036,23 @@ [/codeblock] </description> </method> + <method name="step_decimals"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="step" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the position of the first non-zero digit, after the decimal point. + [codeblock] + # n is 0 + n = step_decimals(5) + # n is 4 + n = step_decimals(1.0005) + # n is 9 + n = step_decimals(0.000000005) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> <method name="stepify"> <return type="float"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml index 64ca2e54f6..760287e1b8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -47,6 +45,8 @@ <member name="Marshalls" type="Reference" setter="" getter=""> [Marshalls] singleton </member> + <member name="NavigationMeshGenerator" type="EditorNavigationMeshGenerator" setter="" getter=""> + </member> <member name="OS" type="OS" setter="" getter=""> [OS] singleton </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/@NativeScript.xml b/doc/classes/@NativeScript.xml index 10174debe1..cb5de198ac 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@NativeScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@NativeScript.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/@VisualScript.xml b/doc/classes/@VisualScript.xml index c345bc5ee5..8d9408e6d4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@VisualScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@VisualScript.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AABB.xml b/doc/classes/AABB.xml index 66122159a2..8ec07e4d5c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AABB.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AABB.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/math/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="AABB"> <return type="AABB"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml b/doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml index 57ca74fdd3..91f44151fa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_anchor_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> @@ -24,7 +22,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns true if the anchor is being tracked and false if no anchor with this id is currently known. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the anchor is being tracked and [code]false[/code] if no anchor with this id is currently known. </description> </method> <method name="get_mesh" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml b/doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml index 7e360df27d..1c468f193f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVRController.xml b/doc/classes/ARVRController.xml index 08e071ea1e..c2b7fb2c08 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVRController.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVRController.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_controller_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml b/doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml index 76f7c352bb..11084fb98e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_capabilities" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> @@ -55,7 +53,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns true if the current output of this interface is in stereo. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the current output of this interface is in stereo. </description> </method> <method name="uninitialize"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml b/doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml index 2d908ed500..758f00a9ca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml b/doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml index c2e48b878b..de8b6b0620 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_hand" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="ARVRPositionalTracker.TrackerHand"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml b/doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml index 608c031e14..6f5a76943f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="center_on_hmd"> <return type="void"> @@ -56,7 +54,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Get the number of interfaces currently registered with the AR/VR server. If your game supports multiple AR/VR platforms, you can look through the available interface, and either present the user with a selection or simply try an initialize each interface and use the first one that returns true. + Get the number of interfaces currently registered with the AR/VR server. If your game supports multiple AR/VR platforms, you can look through the available interface, and either present the user with a selection or simply try an initialize each interface and use the first one that returns [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_interfaces" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStar.xml b/doc/classes/AStar.xml index 3e478467ff..16ceb293ad 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStar.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_compute_cost" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml b/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml index 71b161ccb1..db35b2f352 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_button"> <return type="Button"> @@ -38,14 +36,14 @@ <return type="Label"> </return> <description> - Return the label used for built-in text. + Returns the label used for built-in text. </description> </method> <method name="get_ok"> <return type="Button"> </return> <description> - Return the OK Button. + Returns the OK Button. </description> </method> <method name="register_text_enter"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml index 555169545e..da85f91367 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_playing" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if an animation if currently being played. + Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation if currently being played. </description> </method> <method name="play"> @@ -63,6 +61,7 @@ If [code]true[/code], the [member animation] is currently playing. </member> <member name="speed_scale" type="float" setter="set_speed_scale" getter="get_speed_scale"> + The animation speed is multiplied by this value. </member> </members> <signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml index d4ed5d5adc..96196f7601 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_playing" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if an animation if currently being played. + Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation if currently being played. </description> </method> <method name="play"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml index 88c14671b0..2009139474 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_frame_delay" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Animation.xml b/doc/classes/Animation.xml index 04f142585e..c79903cb80 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Animation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Animation.xml @@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_track"> <return type="int"> @@ -265,14 +263,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="NodePath"> </argument> <description> - Return the index of the specified track. If the track is not found, return -1. + Returns the index of the specified track. If the track is not found, return -1. </description> </method> <method name="get_track_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of tracks in the animation. + Returns the amount of tracks in the animation. </description> </method> <method name="method_track_get_key_indices" qualifiers="const"> @@ -285,7 +283,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="delta" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Return all the key indices of a method track, given a position and delta time. + Returns all the key indices of a method track, given a position and delta time. </description> </method> <method name="method_track_get_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -296,7 +294,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="key_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the method name of a method track. + Returns the method name of a method track. </description> </method> <method name="method_track_get_params" qualifiers="const"> @@ -307,7 +305,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="key_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the arguments values to be called on a method track for a given key in a given track. + Returns the arguments values to be called on a method track for a given key in a given track. </description> </method> <method name="remove_track"> @@ -347,7 +345,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the interpolation type of a given track, from the INTERPOLATION_* enum. + Returns the interpolation type of a given track, from the INTERPOLATION_* enum. </description> </method> <method name="track_get_key_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -356,7 +354,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the amount of keys in a given track. + Returns the amount of keys in a given track. </description> </method> <method name="track_get_key_time" qualifiers="const"> @@ -367,7 +365,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="key_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the time at which the key is located. + Returns the time at which the key is located. </description> </method> <method name="track_get_key_transition" qualifiers="const"> @@ -378,7 +376,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="key_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the transition curve (easing) for a specific key (see built-in math function "ease"). + Returns the transition curve (easing) for a specific key (see built-in math function "ease"). </description> </method> <method name="track_get_key_value" qualifiers="const"> @@ -389,7 +387,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="key_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the value of a given key in a given track. + Returns the value of a given key in a given track. </description> </method> <method name="track_get_path" qualifiers="const"> @@ -440,7 +438,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return true if the given track is imported. Else, return false. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given track is imported. Else, return [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="track_move_down"> @@ -452,6 +450,17 @@ Move a track down. </description> </method> + <method name="track_move_to"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Changes the index position of track [code]idx[/code] to the one defined in [code]to_idx[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="track_move_up"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -527,6 +536,19 @@ Set the interpolation type of a given track, from the INTERPOLATION_* enum. </description> </method> + <method name="track_set_key_time"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="key_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="time" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Set the time of an existing key. + </description> + </method> <method name="track_set_key_transition"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -573,6 +595,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="with_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Swaps the track [code]idx[/code]'s index position with the track [code]with_idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="transform_track_insert_key"> @@ -600,7 +623,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="time_sec" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Return the interpolated value of a transform track at a given time (in seconds). An array consisting of 3 elements: position ([Vector3]), rotation ([Quat]) and scale ([Vector3]). + Returns the interpolated value of a transform track at a given time (in seconds). An array consisting of 3 elements: position ([Vector3]), rotation ([Quat]) and scale ([Vector3]). </description> </method> <method name="value_track_get_key_indices" qualifiers="const"> @@ -613,7 +636,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="delta" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Return all the key indices of a value track, given a position and delta time. + Returns all the key indices of a value track, given a position and delta time. </description> </method> <method name="value_track_get_update_mode" qualifiers="const"> @@ -622,7 +645,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the update mode of a value track. + Returns the update mode of a value track. </description> </method> <method name="value_track_set_update_mode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml index f8478cbbf8..9854d4c27e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_input"> <return type="void"> @@ -54,7 +52,7 @@ <argument index="5" name="optimize" type="bool" default="true"> </argument> <description> - Blend an input. This is only useful for nodes created for an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Time is a delta, unless "seek" is true, in which case it is absolute. A filter mode may be optionally passed. + Blend an input. This is only useful for nodes created for an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Time is a delta, unless "seek" is [code]true[/code], in which case it is absolute. A filter mode may be optionally passed. </description> </method> <method name="blend_node"> @@ -146,7 +144,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Return true whether you want the blend tree editor to display filter editing on this node. + Returns [code]true[/code] whether you want the blend tree editor to display filter editing on this node. </description> </method> <method name="is_path_filtered" qualifiers="const"> @@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="NodePath"> </argument> <description> - Return true wether a given path is filtered. + Returns [code]true[/code] whether a given path is filtered. </description> </method> <method name="process" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -166,7 +164,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="seek" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Called when a custom node is processed. The argument "time" is relative, unless "seek" is true (in which case it is absolute). + Called when a custom node is processed. The argument "time" is relative, unless "seek" is [code]true[/code] (in which case it is absolute). Here, call the [method blend_input], [method blend_node] or [method blend_animation] functions. You can also use [method get_parameter] and [method set_parameter] to modify local memory. This function returns the time left for the current animation to finish (if unsure, just pass the value from the main blend being called). @@ -206,7 +204,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="filter_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_filter_enabled" getter="is_filter_enabled"> - Return whether filtering is enabled. + Returns whether filtering is enabled. </member> </members> <signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml index b4ae87652b..ac2a28e396 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml index 3170b8c28c..9cfeb47378 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml index e096bb15cf..e7d53fc7b3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml index 9a8a9f4181..f15fa44f39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml index 1e97d0b418..2f82eea041 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml index 09cd135374..b13aee277e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_blend_point"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml index ad7d9dd380..2ec5977301 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_blend_point"> <return type="void"> @@ -136,8 +134,10 @@ <constant name="BLEND_MODE_INTERPOLATED" value="0" enum="BlendMode"> </constant> <constant name="BLEND_MODE_DISCRETE" value="1" enum="BlendMode"> + Useful for frame-by-frame 2D animations. </constant> <constant name="BLEND_MODE_DISCRETE_CARRY" value="2" enum="BlendMode"> + Keep the current play position when switching between discrete animations. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml index b91c8a18fd..6454a26a04 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_node"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml index 09e1727527..b6a6459c9e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_mix_mode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="AnimationNodeOneShot.MixMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml index 86cd77f9be..bfe28319c6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml index 6de544c9ac..2834f83d2f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml @@ -1,13 +1,17 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AnimationNodeStateMachine" inherits="AnimationRootNode" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> + State machine for control of animations. </brief_description> <description> + Contains multiple nodes representing animation states, connected in a graph. Nodes transitions can be configured to happen automatically or via code, using a shortest-path algorithm. Retrieve the AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback object from the [AnimationTree] node to control it programatically. Example: + [codeblock] + var state_machine = $AnimationTree.get("parameters/playback") + state_machine.travel("some_state") + [/codeblock] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_node"> <return type="void"> @@ -19,6 +23,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="position" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> </argument> <description> + Adds a new node to the graph. The [code]position[/code] is used for display in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="add_transition"> @@ -31,18 +36,21 @@ <argument index="2" name="transition" type="AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition"> </argument> <description> + Adds a transition between the given nodes. </description> </method> <method name="get_end_node" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> + Returns the graph's end node. </description> </method> <method name="get_graph_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> + Returns the draw offset of the graph. Used for display in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="get_node" qualifiers="const"> @@ -51,6 +59,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Returns the animation node with the given name. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -59,6 +68,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="node" type="AnimationNode"> </argument> <description> + Returns the given animation node's name. </description> </method> <method name="get_node_position" qualifiers="const"> @@ -67,12 +77,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Returns the given node's coordinates. Used for display in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="get_start_node" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> + Returns the graph's end node. </description> </method> <method name="get_transition" qualifiers="const"> @@ -81,12 +93,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Returns the given transition. </description> </method> <method name="get_transition_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> + Returns the number of connections in the graph. </description> </method> <method name="get_transition_from" qualifiers="const"> @@ -95,6 +109,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Returns the given transition's start node. </description> </method> <method name="get_transition_to" qualifiers="const"> @@ -103,6 +118,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Returns the given transition's end node. </description> </method> <method name="has_node" qualifiers="const"> @@ -111,6 +127,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the graph contains the given node. </description> </method> <method name="has_transition" qualifiers="const"> @@ -121,6 +138,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="to" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a transition between the given nodes. </description> </method> <method name="remove_node"> @@ -129,6 +147,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Deletes the given node from the graph. </description> </method> <method name="remove_transition"> @@ -139,6 +158,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="to" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Deletes the given transition. </description> </method> <method name="remove_transition_by_index"> @@ -147,6 +167,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Deletes the given transition. </description> </method> <method name="rename_node"> @@ -157,6 +178,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="new_name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Renames the given node. </description> </method> <method name="set_end_node"> @@ -165,14 +187,16 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Sets the given node as the graph end point. </description> </method> <method name="set_graph_offset"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="offset" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> + Sets the draw offset of the graph. Used for display in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_node_position"> @@ -183,6 +207,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> + Sets the node's coordinates. Used for display in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_start_node"> @@ -191,6 +216,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Sets the given node as the graph start point. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml index 01bf982281..796d92d7d6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml @@ -1,18 +1,23 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback" inherits="Resource" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> + Playback control for AnimationNodeStateMachine. </brief_description> <description> + Allows control of [AnimationTree] state machines created with [AnimationNodeStateMachine]. Retrieve with [code]$AnimationTree.get("parameters/playback")[/code]. Example: + [codeblock] + var state_machine = $AnimationTree.get("parameters/playback") + state_machine.travel("some_state") + [/codeblock] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_current_node" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> + Returns the currently playing animation state. </description> </method> <method name="get_travel_path" qualifiers="const"> @@ -25,6 +30,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation is playing. </description> </method> <method name="start"> @@ -33,12 +39,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="node" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Starts playing the given animation. </description> </method> <method name="stop"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> + Stops the currently playing animation. </description> </method> <method name="travel"> @@ -47,6 +55,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="to_node" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Transitions from the current state to another one, following the shortest path. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml index a1ee381882..aeb44a789b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml @@ -6,22 +6,29 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> <member name="advance_condition" type="String" setter="set_advance_condition" getter="get_advance_condition"> + Turn on auto advance when this condition is set. The provided name will become a boolean parameter on the [AnimationTree] that can be controlled from code (see [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html#controlling-from-code][/url]). For example, if [member AnimationTree.tree_root] is an [AnimationNodeStateMachine] and [member advance_condition] is set to "idle": + [codeblock] + $animation_tree["parameters/conditions/idle"] = is_on_floor and linear_velocity.x == 0 + [/codeblock] </member> <member name="auto_advance" type="bool" setter="set_auto_advance" getter="has_auto_advance"> + Turn on the transition automatically when this state is reached. This works best with [code]SWITCH_MODE_AT_END[/code]. </member> <member name="disabled" type="bool" setter="set_disabled" getter="is_disabled"> + Don't use this transition during [method AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.travel] or [member auto_advance]. </member> <member name="priority" type="int" setter="set_priority" getter="get_priority"> + Lower priority transitions are preferred when travelling through the tree via [method AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.travel] or [member auto_advance]. </member> <member name="switch_mode" type="int" setter="set_switch_mode" getter="get_switch_mode" enum="AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.SwitchMode"> + The transition type. </member> <member name="xfade_time" type="float" setter="set_xfade_time" getter="get_xfade_time"> + The time to cross-fade between this state and the next. </member> </members> <signals> @@ -32,10 +39,13 @@ </signals> <constants> <constant name="SWITCH_MODE_IMMEDIATE" value="0" enum="SwitchMode"> + Switch to the next state immediately. The current state will end and blend into the beginning of the new one. </constant> <constant name="SWITCH_MODE_SYNC" value="1" enum="SwitchMode"> + Switch to the next state immediately, but will seek the new state to the playback position of the old state. </constant> <constant name="SWITCH_MODE_AT_END" value="2" enum="SwitchMode"> + Wait for the current state playback to end, then switch to the beginning of the next state animation. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml index 6a7b29ae81..9ce773c4e2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml index 2d32f0658d..d593f5489c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml index fa408c1c08..311d0e8486 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml index 442d9e92da..5ea993f83d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/animations.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_animation"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> @@ -144,7 +142,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="from_end" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Play the animation with key [code]name[/code]. Custom speed and blend times can be set. If custom speed is negative (-1), 'from_end' being true can play the animation backwards. + Play the animation with key [code]name[/code]. Custom speed and blend times can be set. If custom speed is negative (-1), 'from_end' being [code]true[/code] can play the animation backwards. If the animation has been paused by [code]stop(true)[/code] it will be resumed. Calling [code]play()[/code] without arguments will also resume the animation. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationRootNode.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationRootNode.xml index 37bab88c76..735f3215e9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationRootNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationRootNode.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationTrackEditPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationTrackEditPlugin.xml index 346b10cc7c..2dcabb051f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationTrackEditPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationTrackEditPlugin.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml index 1101c0ee62..f3dc1ecc1e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ <description> </description> <tutorials> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html</link> + <link>https://github.com/godotengine/tps-demo</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="advance"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml index a8b7e50673..818565e0dc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_node"> <return type="void"> @@ -258,7 +256,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return the input count for a given node. Different types of nodes have different amount of inputs. + Returns the input count for a given node. Different types of nodes have different amount of inputs. </description> </method> <method name="node_get_input_source" qualifiers="const"> @@ -269,7 +267,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the input source for a given node input. + Returns the input source for a given node input. </description> </method> <method name="node_get_position" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Area.xml b/doc/classes/Area.xml index 5147123dce..c39c570be9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Area2D.xml b/doc/classes/Area2D.xml index 52df168acc..8d28ddc889 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_collision_layer_bit" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return an individual bit on the layer mask. Describes whether other areas will collide with this one on the given layer. + Returns an individual bit on the layer mask. Describes whether other areas will collide with this one on the given layer. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return an individual bit on the collision mask. Describes whether this area will collide with others on the given layer. + Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. Describes whether this area will collide with others on the given layer. </description> </method> <method name="get_overlapping_areas" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Array.xml b/doc/classes/Array.xml index fe8b36ff4b..75194fbf76 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Array.xml @@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Array"> <return type="Array"> @@ -105,7 +103,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="before" type="bool" default="True"> </argument> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a before specifier can be passed. If false, the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. Note that calling bsearch on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search. Optionally, a before specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. Note that calling bsearch on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> <method name="bsearch_custom"> @@ -120,7 +118,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="before" type="bool" default="True"> </argument> <description> - Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search and a custom comparison method. Optionally, a before specifier can be passed. If false, the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. The custom method receives two arguments (an element from the array and the value searched for) and must return true if the first argument is less than the second, and return false otherwise. Note that calling bsearch on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. + Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary search and a custom comparison method. Optionally, a before specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in the array. The custom method receives two arguments (an element from the array and the value searched for) and must return [code]true[/code] if the first argument is less than the second, and return [code]false[/code] otherwise. Note that calling bsearch on an unsorted array results in unexpected behavior. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> @@ -293,7 +291,7 @@ </method> <method name="shuffle"> <description> - Shuffles the array such that the items will have a random order. + Shuffles the array such that the items will have a random order. This method uses the global random number generator common to methods such as [method @GDScript.randi]. Call [method @GDScript.randomize] to ensure that a new seed will be used each time if you want non-reproducible shuffling. </description> </method> <method name="size"> @@ -314,7 +312,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="func" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Sorts the array using a custom method. The arguments are an object that holds the method and the name of such method. The custom method receives two arguments (a pair of elements from the array) and must return true if the first argument is less than the second, and return false otherwise. + Sorts the array using a custom method. The arguments are an object that holds the method and the name of such method. The custom method receives two arguments (a pair of elements from the array) and must return [code]true[/code] if the first argument is less than the second, and return [code]false[/code] otherwise. [b]Note:[/b] you cannot randomize the return value as the heapsort algorithm expects a deterministic result. Doing so will result in unexpected behavior. [codeblock] class MyCustomSorter: diff --git a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml index 067ca08390..745d803a30 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_blend_shape"> <return type="void"> @@ -100,7 +98,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return the index of the first surface with this name held within this [ArrayMesh]. If none are found -1 is returned. + Returns the index of the first surface with this name held within this [ArrayMesh]. If none are found -1 is returned. </description> </method> <method name="surface_get_array_index_len" qualifiers="const"> @@ -109,7 +107,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the length in indices of the index array in the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). + Returns the length in indices of the index array in the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). </description> </method> <method name="surface_get_array_len" qualifiers="const"> @@ -118,7 +116,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the length in vertices of the vertex array in the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). + Returns the length in vertices of the vertex array in the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). </description> </method> <method name="surface_get_format" qualifiers="const"> @@ -127,7 +125,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the format mask of the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). + Returns the format mask of the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). </description> </method> <method name="surface_get_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -145,7 +143,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the primitive type of the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). + Returns the primitive type of the requested surface (see [method add_surface_from_arrays]). </description> </method> <method name="surface_remove"> @@ -157,17 +155,6 @@ Remove a surface at position surf_idx, shifting greater surfaces one surf_idx slot down. </description> </method> - <method name="surface_set_material"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="material" type="Material"> - </argument> - <description> - Set a [Material] for a given surface. Surface will be rendered using this material. - </description> - </method> <method name="surface_set_name"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -207,31 +194,31 @@ Amount of weights/bone indices per vertex (always 4). </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_VERTEX" value="0" enum="ArrayType"> - Vertex array (array of [Vector3] vertices). + [PoolVector3Array], [PoolVector2Array], or [Array] of vertex positions. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_NORMAL" value="1" enum="ArrayType"> - Normal array (array of [Vector3] normals). + [PoolVector3Array] of vertex normals. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_TANGENT" value="2" enum="ArrayType"> - Tangent array, array of groups of 4 floats. first 3 floats determine the tangent, and the last the binormal direction as -1 or 1. + [PoolRealArray] of vertex tangents. Each element in groups of 4 floats, first 3 floats determine the tangent, and the last the binormal direction as -1 or 1. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_COLOR" value="3" enum="ArrayType"> - Vertex array (array of [Color] colors). + [PoolColorArray] of vertex colors. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_TEX_UV" value="4" enum="ArrayType"> - UV array (array of [Vector3] UVs or float array of groups of 2 floats (u,v)). + [PoolVector2Array] for UV coordinates. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_TEX_UV2" value="5" enum="ArrayType"> - Second UV array (array of [Vector3] UVs or float array of groups of 2 floats (u,v)). + [PoolVector2Array] for second UV coordinates. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_BONES" value="6" enum="ArrayType"> - Array of bone indices, as a float array. Each element in groups of 4 floats. + [PoolRealArray] or [PoolIntArray] of bone indices. Each element in groups of 4 floats. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_WEIGHTS" value="7" enum="ArrayType"> - Array of bone weights, as a float array. Each element in groups of 4 floats. + [PoolRealArray] of bone weights. Each element in groups of 4 floats. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_INDEX" value="8" enum="ArrayType"> - [Array] of integers used as indices referencing vertices, colors, normals, tangents, and textures. All of those arrays must have the same number of elements as the vertex array. No index can be beyond the vertex array size. When this index array is present, it puts the function into "index mode," where the index selects the *i*'th vertex, normal, tangent, color, UV, etc. This means if you want to have different normals or colors along an edge, you have to duplicate the vertices. + [PoolIntArray] of integers used as indices referencing vertices, colors, normals, tangents, and textures. All of those arrays must have the same number of elements as the vertex array. No index can be beyond the vertex array size. When this index array is present, it puts the function into "index mode," where the index selects the *i*'th vertex, normal, tangent, color, UV, etc. This means if you want to have different normals or colors along an edge, you have to duplicate the vertices. For triangles, the index array is interpreted as triples, referring to the vertices of each triangle. For lines, the index array is in pairs indicating the start and end of each line. </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_MAX" value="9" enum="ArrayType"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml b/doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml index ca2d294796..e573512f5a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml b/doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml index 59cfe96610..771e0390d3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml index 456bf56231..7c21d04b03 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml index 0d99f280df..9fd3e73b12 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml index bea0b106b2..1b511dfab0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml index 18fb0490a4..8df922da3a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml index dc82f1b047..f85755df08 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml index d8ca33cccb..78b8047987 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml @@ -14,8 +14,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml index 65536efc5d..0e19a4a89f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml index ac85b503f2..4393f942f0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml index eb2c68d129..fef3868d02 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_band_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml index e259c68668..e9fd0d72cb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml @@ -20,8 +20,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml index 74a1034667..d1b39d9824 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml @@ -31,8 +31,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml index 06d8ebe07c..d40471dbd6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml index d3669f8fb0..5ed4ae28db 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml index ad3ef9f4f1..3a486acab8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml index 3c2e56b715..cccd18afcc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectInstance.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectInstance.xml index ed42928eb1..eb8bcfdf2a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectInstance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml index 17a568838c..c17816bb87 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml index 3a28424091..9402045150 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml index 32b4f0713a..1e60e637fc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml index b866148658..00e950b43a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml index da66b877ac..7d01a73b0b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml index e55e381690..c42b5f59ee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml index 2e270b43f7..7d6c5f2b20 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml index 5f3d4e31e1..d6e678f276 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_recording" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AudioStreamSample"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml index 435b9d5126..8c9652eee2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -23,7 +21,7 @@ <member name="hipass" type="float" setter="set_hpf" getter="get_hpf"> High-pass filter passes signals with a frequency higher than a certain cutoff frequency and attenuates signals with frequencies lower than the cutoff frequency. Value can range from 0 to 1. Default value: [code]0[/code]. </member> - <member name="predelay_feedback" type="float" setter="set_predelay_msec" getter="get_predelay_msec"> + <member name="predelay_feedback" type="float" setter="set_predelay_feedback" getter="get_predelay_feedback"> Output percent of predelay. Value can range from 0 to 1. Default value: [code]1[/code]. </member> <member name="predelay_msec" type="float" setter="set_predelay_msec" getter="get_predelay_msec"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml index 5732039467..8a71991437 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -19,5 +17,17 @@ </member> </members> <constants> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_256" value="0" enum="FFT_Size"> + </constant> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_512" value="1" enum="FFT_Size"> + </constant> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_1024" value="2" enum="FFT_Size"> + </constant> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_2048" value="3" enum="FFT_Size"> + </constant> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_4096" value="4" enum="FFT_Size"> + </constant> + <constant name="FFT_SIZE_MAX" value="5" enum="FFT_Size"> + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml index 0c0061beb4..f4620f9905 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_magnitude_for_frequency_range" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioEffectStereoEnhance.xml b/doc/classes/AudioEffectStereoEnhance.xml index 9c5715c165..95bc6128f2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioEffectStereoEnhance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioEffectStereoEnhance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml index 32eed54882..6dc1600cf2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioServer.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_buses.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_bus"> <return type="void"> @@ -186,6 +184,12 @@ Returns the sample rate at the output of the audioserver. </description> </method> + <method name="get_output_latency" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_speaker_mode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="AudioServer.SpeakerMode"> </return> @@ -193,6 +197,18 @@ Returns the speaker configuration. </description> </method> + <method name="get_time_since_last_mix" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_time_to_next_mix" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="is_bus_bypassing_effects" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml index 860340e430..15662b7eff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml index e41b5827b1..ab06ddd710 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml index 4b4d622741..310b58c4e5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="can_push_buffer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml index 2927bf5472..afa60655ea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamMicrophone.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml index 245cd9908d..773a396bc4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlaybackResampled.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlaybackResampled.xml index 764f966167..07e7e70bf1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlaybackResampled.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlaybackResampled.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml index 1681d796ea..c6ec45f15e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_playback_position"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml index e001d11727..51bf5e7574 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_playback_position"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml index 0d973a761a..2bd3ac1eaa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_playback_position"> <return type="float"> @@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ Amount how much the filter affects the loudness, in dB. </member> <member name="attenuation_model" type="int" setter="set_attenuation_model" getter="get_attenuation_model" enum="AudioStreamPlayer3D.AttenuationModel"> - Decides if audio should get quieter with distance linearly, quadratically or logarithmically. + Decides if audio should get quieter with distance linearly, quadratically, logarithmically, or not be affected by distance, effectively disabling attenuation. </member> <member name="autoplay" type="bool" setter="set_autoplay" getter="is_autoplay_enabled"> If [code]true[/code], audio plays when added to scene tree. Default value: [code]false[/code]. @@ -126,6 +124,9 @@ <constant name="ATTENUATION_LOGARITHMIC" value="2" enum="AttenuationModel"> Logarithmic dampening of loudness according to distance. </constant> + <constant name="ATTENUATION_DISABLED" value="3" enum="AttenuationModel"> + No dampening of loudness according to distance. + </constant> <constant name="OUT_OF_RANGE_MIX" value="0" enum="OutOfRangeMode"> Mix this audio in, even when it's out of range. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml index 3201dcdfb0..49aa5a0192 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml index d9b07007de..4bcf8ea791 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="AudioStreamSample" inherits="AudioStream" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> - Plays audio. + Stores audio data loaded from [code].wav[/code] files. </brief_description> <description> - Plays audio, can loop. + AudioStreamSample stores sound samples loaded from [code].wav[/code] files. To play the stored sound use an [AudioStreamPlayer] (for background music) or [AudioStreamPlayer2D]/[AudioStreamPlayer3D] (for positional audio). The sound can be looped. + This class can also be used to store dynamically generated PCM audio data. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="save_to_wav"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> diff --git a/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml b/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml index 5bbd51f12a..65e8774c59 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml b/doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml index 0eb0ec091c..735e55cd39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/baked_lightmaps.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="bake"> <return type="int" enum="BakedLightmap.BakeError"> diff --git a/doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml b/doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml index 14d30a36d9..75f3187434 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_user"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml b/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml index a8bd79e628..6d1a7a8f87 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_pressed" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> @@ -31,14 +29,14 @@ <return type="int" enum="BaseButton.DrawMode"> </return> <description> - Return the visual state used to draw the button. This is useful mainly when implementing your own draw code by either overriding _draw() or connecting to "draw" signal. The visual state of the button is defined by the DRAW_* enum. + Returns the visual state used to draw the button. This is useful mainly when implementing your own draw code by either overriding _draw() or connecting to "draw" signal. The visual state of the button is defined by the DRAW_* enum. </description> </method> <method name="is_hovered" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if the mouse has entered the button and has not left it yet. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the mouse has entered the button and has not left it yet. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -59,6 +57,9 @@ <member name="group" type="ButtonGroup" setter="set_button_group" getter="get_button_group"> [ButtonGroup] associated to the button. </member> + <member name="keep_pressed_outside" type="bool" setter="set_keep_pressed_outside" getter="is_keep_pressed_outside"> + If [code]true[/code], the button stays pressed when moving the cursor outside the button while pressing it. Default value: [code]false[/code]. + </member> <member name="pressed" type="bool" setter="set_pressed" getter="is_pressed"> If [code]true[/code], the button's state is pressed. Means the button is pressed down or toggled (if toggle_mode is active). </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/Basis.xml b/doc/classes/Basis.xml index 3710bc3de6..ae7a3ff323 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Basis.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Basis.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/using_transforms.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Basis"> <return type="Basis"> @@ -59,7 +57,7 @@ <return type="float"> </return> <description> - Return the determinant of the matrix. + Returns the determinant of the matrix. </description> </method> <method name="get_euler"> @@ -93,7 +91,7 @@ <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> - Return the inverse of the matrix. + Returns the inverse of the matrix. </description> </method> <method name="is_equal_approx"> @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> - Return the orthonormalized version of the matrix (useful to call from time to time to avoid rounding error for orthogonal matrices). This performs a Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on the basis of the matrix. + Returns the orthonormalized version of the matrix (useful to call from time to time to avoid rounding error for orthogonal matrices). This performs a Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on the basis of the matrix. </description> </method> <method name="rotated"> @@ -175,7 +173,7 @@ <return type="Basis"> </return> <description> - Return the transposed version of the matrix. + Returns the transposed version of the matrix. </description> </method> <method name="xform"> @@ -184,7 +182,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="v" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Return a vector transformed (multiplied) by the matrix. + Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the matrix. </description> </method> <method name="xform_inv"> @@ -193,7 +191,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="v" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Return a vector transformed (multiplied) by the transposed matrix. Note that this results in a multiplication by the inverse of the matrix only if it represents a rotation-reflection. + Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the transposed matrix. Note that this results in a multiplication by the inverse of the matrix only if it represents a rotation-reflection. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/BitMap.xml b/doc/classes/BitMap.xml index 2a666befaf..7f03c22b70 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BitMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BitMap.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="create"> <return type="void"> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Creates a bitmap with the specified size, filled with false. + Creates a bitmap with the specified size, filled with [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="create_from_image_alpha"> @@ -28,7 +26,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="threshold" type="float" default="0.1"> </argument> <description> - Creates a bitmap that matches the given image dimensions, every element of the bitmap is set to false if the alpha value of the image at that position is equal to [code]threshold[/code] or less, and true in other case. + Creates a bitmap that matches the given image dimensions, every element of the bitmap is set to [code]false[/code] if the alpha value of the image at that position is equal to [code]threshold[/code] or less, and [code]true[/code] in other case. </description> </method> <method name="get_bit" qualifiers="const"> @@ -51,7 +49,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the amount of bitmap elements that are set to true. + Returns the amount of bitmap elements that are set to [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="grow_mask"> diff --git a/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml b/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml index cc76abfb33..149d92e870 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_char"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml b/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml index 064506b539..59f7bec889 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Bone2D.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="apply_rest"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml b/doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml index a109efd897..109cac4fa3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml b/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml index cab115ea01..9aa69e4164 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_spacer"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/BoxShape.xml b/doc/classes/BoxShape.xml index 211eed6200..3678c0e393 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BoxShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BoxShape.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Button.xml b/doc/classes/Button.xml index 26c8f27f33..5d3027e347 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Button.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Button.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml b/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml index b73a88f8b8..cd2a8d7307 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_buttons"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml b/doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml index 7843add097..599c067328 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="convert_from_particles"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml b/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml index 8bcdd96253..e1f71e3600 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="convert_from_particles"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera.xml b/doc/classes/Camera.xml index 16b59c725f..cc869d28a2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear_current"> <return type="void"> @@ -17,7 +15,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="enable_next" type="bool" default="true"> </argument> <description> - If this is the current Camera, remove it from being current. If [code]enable_next[/code] is true, request to make the next Camera current, if any. + If this is the current Camera, remove it from being current. If [code]enable_next[/code] is [code]true[/code], request to make the next Camera current, if any. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_camera_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the camera's RID from the [VisualServer]. </description> </method> <method name="get_camera_transform" qualifiers="const"> @@ -71,8 +76,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="screen_point" type="Vector2"> </argument> + <argument index="1" name="z_depth" type="float" default="0"> + </argument> <description> - Returns the 3D point in worldspace that maps to the given 2D coordinate in the [Viewport] rectangle. + Returns the 3D point in worldspace that maps to the given 2D coordinate in the [Viewport] rectangle on a plane that is the given distance into the scene away from the camera. </description> </method> <method name="project_ray_normal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -103,6 +110,20 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_frustum"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="offset" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="z_near" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="z_far" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_orthogonal"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -158,6 +179,8 @@ <member name="fov" type="float" setter="set_fov" getter="get_fov"> The camera's field of view angle (in degrees). Only applicable in perspective mode. Since [member keep_aspect] locks one axis, [code]fov[/code] sets the other axis' field of view angle. </member> + <member name="frustum_offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_frustum_offset" getter="get_frustum_offset"> + </member> <member name="h_offset" type="float" setter="set_h_offset" getter="get_h_offset"> The horizontal (X) offset of the Camera viewport. </member> @@ -182,7 +205,9 @@ Perspective Projection (object's size on the screen becomes smaller when far away). </constant> <constant name="PROJECTION_ORTHOGONAL" value="1" enum="Projection"> - Orthogonal Projection (objects remain the same size on the screen no matter how far away they are). + Orthogonal Projection (objects remain the same size on the screen no matter how far away they are; also known as orthographic projection). + </constant> + <constant name="PROJECTION_FRUSTUM" value="2" enum="Projection"> </constant> <constant name="KEEP_WIDTH" value="0" enum="KeepAspect"> Preserves the horizontal aspect ratio. diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml index 375124cf36..fcc99123d2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="align"> <return type="void"> @@ -37,7 +35,7 @@ <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> - Return the camera position. + Returns the camera position. </description> </method> <method name="get_camera_screen_center" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml index 61ccc167a5..2426471a49 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml @@ -4,18 +4,16 @@ Base class of anything 2D. </brief_description> <description> - Base class of anything 2D. Canvas items are laid out in a tree and children inherit and extend the transform of their parent. CanvasItem is extended by [Control], for anything GUI related, and by [Node2D] for anything 2D engine related. - Any CanvasItem can draw. For this, the "update" function must be called, then NOTIFICATION_DRAW will be received on idle time to request redraw. Because of this, canvas items don't need to be redraw on every frame, improving the performance significantly. Several functions for drawing on the CanvasItem are provided (see draw_* functions). They can only be used inside the notification, signal or _draw() overrides function, though. - Canvas items are draw in tree order. By default, children are on top of their parents so a root CanvasItem will be drawn behind everything (this can be changed per item though). - Canvas items can also be hidden (hiding also their subtree). They provide many means for changing standard parameters such as opacity (for it and the subtree) and self opacity, blend mode. + Base class of anything 2D. Canvas items are laid out in a tree; children inherit and extend their parent's transform. CanvasItem is extended by [Control] for anything GUI-related, and by [Node2D] for anything related to the 2D engine. + Any CanvasItem can draw. For this, [method update] must be called, then [constant NOTIFICATION_DRAW] will be received on idle time to request redraw. Because of this, canvas items don't need to be redrawn on every frame, improving the performance significantly. Several functions for drawing on the CanvasItem are provided (see [code]draw_*[/code] functions). However, they can only be used inside the [method Object._notification], signal or [method _draw] virtual functions. + Canvas items are drawn in tree order. By default, children are on top of their parents so a root CanvasItem will be drawn behind everything. This behavior can be changed on a per-item basis. + A CanvasItem can also be hidden, which will also hide its children. It provides many ways to change parameters such as modulation (for itself and its children) and self modulation (only for itself), as well as its blend mode. Ultimately, a transform notification can be requested, which will notify the node that its global position changed in case the parent tree changed. </description> <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_transforms.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/custom_drawing_in_2d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_draw" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> @@ -38,7 +36,7 @@ <argument index="4" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> </argument> <description> - Draws a string character using a custom font. Returns the advance, depending on the char width and kerning with an optional next char. + Draws a string character using a custom font. Returns the advance, depending on the character width and kerning with an optional next character. </description> </method> <method name="draw_circle"> @@ -99,6 +97,10 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="normal_map" type="Texture" default="null"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="transform" type="Transform2D" default="Transform2D( 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> <description> </description> </method> @@ -114,7 +116,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="antialiased" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]color[/code] and [code]width[/code] and optional antialiasing. + Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]color[/code]. [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are currently not implemented and have no effect. </description> </method> <method name="draw_multiline_colors"> @@ -209,7 +211,7 @@ <argument index="5" name="normal_map" type="Texture" default="null"> </argument> <description> - Draws a custom primitive, 1 point for a point, 2 points for a line, 3 points for a triangle and 4 points for a quad. + Draws a custom primitive. 1 point for a point, 2 points for a line, 3 points for a triangle and 4 points for a quad. </description> </method> <method name="draw_rect"> @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ <argument index="5" name="normal_map" type="Texture" default="null"> </argument> <description> - Draws a textured rectangle at a given position, optionally modulated by a color. Transpose swaps the x and y coordinates when reading the texture. + Draws a textured rectangle at a given position, optionally modulated by a color. If [code]transpose[/code] is [code]true[/code], the texture will have its X and Y coordinates swapped. </description> </method> <method name="draw_texture_rect_region"> @@ -327,7 +329,7 @@ <argument index="6" name="clip_uv" type="bool" default="true"> </argument> <description> - Draws a textured rectangle region at a given position, optionally modulated by a color. Transpose swaps the x and y coordinates when reading the texture. + Draws a textured rectangle region at a given position, optionally modulated by a color. If [code]transpose[/code] is [code]true[/code], the texture will have its X and Y coordinates swapped. </description> </method> <method name="force_update_transform"> @@ -340,14 +342,14 @@ <return type="RID"> </return> <description> - Return the [RID] of the [World2D] canvas where this item is in. + Returns the [RID] of the [World2D] canvas where this item is in. </description> </method> <method name="get_canvas_item" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID"> </return> <description> - Return the canvas item RID used by [VisualServer] for this item. + Returns the canvas item RID used by [VisualServer] for this item. </description> </method> <method name="get_canvas_transform" qualifiers="const"> @@ -417,7 +419,7 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Hide the CanvasItem currently visible. + Hide the CanvasItem if it's currently visible. </description> </method> <method name="is_local_transform_notification_enabled" qualifiers="const"> @@ -431,7 +433,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return if set as toplevel. See [method set_as_toplevel]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is set as top-level. See [method set_as_toplevel]. </description> </method> <method name="is_transform_notification_enabled" qualifiers="const"> @@ -472,7 +474,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="enable" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Sets as top level. This means that it will not inherit transform from parent canvas items. + If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the node won't inherit its transform from parent canvas items. </description> </method> <method name="set_notify_local_transform"> @@ -497,14 +499,14 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Show the CanvasItem currently hidden. For controls that inherit [Popup], the correct way to make them visible is to call one of the multiple popup*() functions instead. + Show the CanvasItem if it's currently hidden. For controls that inherit [Popup], the correct way to make them visible is to call one of the multiple [code]popup*()[/code] functions instead. </description> </method> <method name="update"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> - Queue the CanvasItem for update. [code]NOTIFICATION_DRAW[/code] will be called on idle time to request redraw. + Queue the CanvasItem for update. [constant NOTIFICATION_DRAW] will be called on idle time to request redraw. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -531,7 +533,7 @@ If [code]true[/code], the parent [CanvasItem]'s [member material] property is used as this one's material. Default value: [code]false[/code]. </member> <member name="visible" type="bool" setter="set_visible" getter="is_visible"> - If [code]true[/code], this [CanvasItem] is drawn. Default value: [code]true[/code]. For controls that inherit [Popup], the correct way to make them visible is to call one of the multiple popup*() functions instead. + If [code]true[/code], this [CanvasItem] is drawn. Default value: [code]true[/code]. For controls that inherit [Popup], the correct way to make them visible is to call one of the multiple [code]popup*()[/code] functions instead. </member> </members> <signals> @@ -573,22 +575,22 @@ Mix blending mode. Colors are assumed to be premultiplied by the alpha (opacity) value. </constant> <constant name="BLEND_MODE_DISABLED" value="5" enum="BlendMode"> - Disable blending mode. Colors including alpha are written as is. Only applicable for render targets with a transparent background. No lighting will be applied. + Disable blending mode. Colors including alpha are written as-is. Only applicable for render targets with a transparent background. No lighting will be applied. </constant> <constant name="NOTIFICATION_TRANSFORM_CHANGED" value="2000"> - Canvas item transform has changed. Notification is only received if enabled by [method set_notify_transform] or [method set_notify_local_transform]. + The CanvasItem's transform has changed. This notification is only received if enabled by [method set_notify_transform] or [method set_notify_local_transform]. </constant> <constant name="NOTIFICATION_DRAW" value="30"> - CanvasItem is requested to draw. + The CanvasItem is requested to draw. </constant> <constant name="NOTIFICATION_VISIBILITY_CHANGED" value="31"> - Canvas item visibility has changed. + The CanvasItem's visibility has changed. </constant> <constant name="NOTIFICATION_ENTER_CANVAS" value="32"> - Canvas item has entered the canvas. + The CanvasItem has entered the canvas. </constant> <constant name="NOTIFICATION_EXIT_CANVAS" value="33"> - Canvas item has exited the canvas. + The CanvasItem has exited the canvas. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml index 85d496a4bb..f125c2be0d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml index 04aa7fbbf2..d152442b85 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_transforms.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/canvas_layers.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_canvas" qualifiers="const"> <return type="RID"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml index 6023c7b11f..c409b690e7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml b/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml index c1806bba36..eba440a84e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml b/doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml index 2b60eb6cd3..c867dcf326 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml index 0fa21ad618..c7724314d6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml b/doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml index 1575d1ab3e..5460831ce3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml index 097e32b997..d486b5fad2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml b/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml index fe1fcbbecd..04344c1834 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> @@ -43,8 +41,12 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="off" type="Texture"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="off_disabled" type="Texture"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="on" type="Texture"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="on_disabled" type="Texture"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="pressed" type="StyleBox"> </theme_item> </theme_items> diff --git a/doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml index 2248553eb5..7c8bf923f4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml b/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml index 6e5381769a..ddbe66380a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="can_instance" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="class" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns true if you can instance objects from the specified 'class', false in other case. + Returns [code]true[/code] if you can instance objects from the specified 'class', [code]false[/code] in other case. </description> </method> <method name="class_exists" qualifiers="const"> @@ -68,7 +66,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Returns an array with all the methods of 'class' or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is false. Every element of the array is a [Dictionary] with the following keys: args, default_args, flags, id, name, return: (class_name, hint, hint_string, name, type, usage). + Returns an array with all the methods of 'class' or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the array is a [Dictionary] with the following keys: args, default_args, flags, id, name, return: (class_name, hint, hint_string, name, type, usage). </description> </method> <method name="class_get_property" qualifiers="const"> @@ -90,7 +88,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Returns an array with all the properties of 'class' or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is false. + Returns an array with all the properties of 'class' or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="class_get_signal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -112,7 +110,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Returns an array with all the signals of 'class' or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is false. Every element of the array is a [Dictionary] as described in [method class_get_signal]. + Returns an array with all the signals of 'class' or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the array is a [Dictionary] as described in [method class_get_signal]. </description> </method> <method name="class_has_integer_constant" qualifiers="const"> @@ -123,7 +121,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return whether 'class' or its ancestry has an integer constant called 'name' or not. + Returns whether 'class' or its ancestry has an integer constant called 'name' or not. </description> </method> <method name="class_has_method" qualifiers="const"> @@ -136,7 +134,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Return whether 'class' (or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is false) has a method called 'method' or not. + Returns whether 'class' (or its ancestry if 'no_inheritance' is false) has a method called 'method' or not. </description> </method> <method name="class_has_signal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -147,7 +145,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="signal" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return whether 'class' or its ancestry has a signal called 'signal' or not. + Returns whether 'class' or its ancestry has a signal called 'signal' or not. </description> </method> <method name="class_set_property" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml b/doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml index 6898b9b719..b7f158dd65 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_exception"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml index a4e49fd1d5..cb10530006 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_input_event" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml index 31204dc268..f847893a39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_input_event" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> @@ -217,7 +215,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="input_pickable" type="bool" setter="set_pickable" getter="is_pickable"> - If [code]true[/code], this object is pickable. A pickable object can detect the mouse pointer entering/leaving, and if the mouse is inside it, report input events. + If [code]true[/code], this object is pickable. A pickable object can detect the mouse pointer entering/leaving, and if the mouse is inside it, report input events. Requires at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set. </member> </members> <signals> @@ -229,17 +227,17 @@ <argument index="2" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Emitted when an input event occurs and [code]input_pickable[/code] is [code]true[/code]. See [method _input_event] for details. + Emitted when an input event occurs. Requires [code]input_pickable[/code] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set. See [method _input_event] for details. </description> </signal> <signal name="mouse_entered"> <description> - Emitted when the mouse pointer enters any of this object's shapes. + Emitted when the mouse pointer enters any of this object's shapes. Requires [code]input_pickable[/code] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set. </description> </signal> <signal name="mouse_exited"> <description> - Emitted when the mouse pointer exits all this object's shapes. + Emitted when the mouse pointer exits all this object's shapes. Requires [code]input_pickable[/code] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set. </description> </signal> </signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml index 9a9a3ca673..85eb17cae7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ Length that the resulting collision extends in either direction perpendicular to its polygon. </member> <member name="disabled" type="bool" setter="set_disabled" getter="is_disabled"> - If true, no collision will be produced. + If [code]true[/code], no collision will be produced. </member> <member name="polygon" type="PoolVector2Array" setter="set_polygon" getter="get_polygon"> Array of vertices which define the polygon. Note that the returned value is a copy of the original. Methods which mutate the size or properties of the return value will not impact the original polygon. To change properties of the polygon, assign it to a temporary variable and make changes before reassigning the [code]polygon[/code] member. diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml index 8ac72013e3..3d609fa965 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml index ab14f18bfe..3f2e550e83 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="make_convex_from_brothers"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml index 0f8cafe896..97dc230f22 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Color.xml b/doc/classes/Color.xml index 9aa30c6755..ab5d7a0a5d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Color.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Color.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Color"> <return type="Color"> @@ -568,6 +566,8 @@ </constant> <constant name="tomato" value="Color( 1, 0.39, 0.28, 1 )"> </constant> + <constant name="transparent" value="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> + </constant> <constant name="turquoise" value="Color( 0.25, 0.88, 0.82, 1 )"> </constant> <constant name="violet" value="Color( 0.93, 0.51, 0.93, 1 )"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml index ca1390feb3..32e6014c75 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_preset"> <return type="void"> @@ -33,7 +31,7 @@ <return type="PoolColorArray"> </return> <description> - Return the list of colors in the presets of the color picker. + Returns the list of colors in the presets of the color picker. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -47,6 +45,10 @@ <member name="edit_alpha" type="bool" setter="set_edit_alpha" getter="is_editing_alpha"> If [code]true[/code], shows an alpha channel slider (transparency). </member> + <member name="presets_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_presets_enabled" getter="are_presets_enabled"> + </member> + <member name="presets_visible" type="bool" setter="set_presets_visible" getter="are_presets_visible"> + </member> <member name="raw_mode" type="bool" setter="set_raw_mode" getter="is_raw_mode"> If [code]true[/code], allows the color R, G, B component values to go beyond 1.0, which can be used for certain special operations that require it (like tinting without darkening or rendering sprites in HDR). </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml b/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml index ec1662f99d..3e4911cac3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_picker"> <return type="ColorPicker"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorRect.xml b/doc/classes/ColorRect.xml index 1bc522a187..d659ebdfcd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorRect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorRect.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml index bc3fdc04af..62d42f4eb4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_faces" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PoolVector3Array"> </return> <description> - Return the faces (an array of triangles). + Returns the faces (an array of triangles). </description> </method> <method name="set_faces"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml index 218c676dbc..5414fe42c5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml b/doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml index 2f6a4901b9..cd2289d715 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml index 5958a6d079..68831a886a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml @@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="erase_section"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml b/doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml index d8d8c038ba..6124bc29b0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_cancel"> <return type="Button"> </return> <description> - Return the cancel button. + Returns the cancel button. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Container.xml b/doc/classes/Container.xml index 215dc94d79..8a3aac88b5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Container.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Container.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="fit_child_in_rect"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Control.xml b/doc/classes/Control.xml index 6a99d119fc..fea706987c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Control.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Control.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ All User Interface nodes inherit from Control. A control's anchors and margins adapt its position and size relative to its parent. </brief_description> <description> - Base class for all User Interface or [i]UI[/i] related nodes. [Control] features a bounding rectangle that defines its extents, an anchor position relative to its parent and margins that represent an offset to the anchor. The margins update automatically when the node, any of its parents, or the screen size change. + Base class for all User Interface or [i]UI[/i] related nodes. [Control] features a bounding rectangle that defines its extents, an anchor position relative to its parent control or the current viewport, and margins that represent an offset to the anchor. The margins update automatically when the node, any of its parents, or the screen size change. For more information on Godot's UI system, anchors, margins, and containers, see the related tutorials in the manual. To build flexible UIs, you'll need a mix of UI elements that inherit from [Control] and [Container] nodes. [b]User Interface nodes and input[/b] Godot sends input events to the scene's root node first, by calling [method Node._input]. [method Node._input] forwards the event down the node tree to the nodes under the mouse cursor, or on keyboard focus. To do so, it calls [method MainLoop._input_event]. Call [method accept_event] so no other node receives the event. Once you accepted an input, it becomes handled so [method Node._unhandled_input] will not process it. @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/gui/index.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/custom_drawing_in_2d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_clips_input" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool"> @@ -223,7 +221,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Godot calls this method to get data that can be dragged and dropped onto controls that expect drop data. Return null if there is no data to drag. Controls that want to receive drop data should implement [method can_drop_data] and [method drop_data]. [code]position[/code] is local to this control. Drag may be forced with [method force_drag]. + Godot calls this method to get data that can be dragged and dropped onto controls that expect drop data. Returns null if there is no data to drag. Controls that want to receive drop data should implement [method can_drop_data] and [method drop_data]. [code]position[/code] is local to this control. Drag may be forced with [method force_drag]. A preview that will follow the mouse that should represent the data can be set with [method set_drag_preview]. A good time to set the preview is in this method. [codeblock] extends Control @@ -514,7 +512,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="preset" type="int" enum="Control.LayoutPreset"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="keep_margin" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="1" name="keep_margins" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> </description> @@ -576,6 +574,16 @@ Sets [member margin_right] and [member margin_bottom] at the same time. </description> </method> + <method name="set_global_position"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="keep_margins" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_margins_preset"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -588,6 +596,16 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_position"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="keep_margins" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_rotation"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -597,6 +615,16 @@ Sets the rotation (in radians). </description> </method> + <method name="set_size"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="keep_margins" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="show_modal"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -684,9 +712,9 @@ Controls whether the control will be able to receive mouse button input events through [method _gui_input] and how these events should be handled. Also controls whether the control can receive the [signal mouse_entered], and [signal mouse_exited] signals. See the constants to learn what each does. </member> <member name="rect_clip_content" type="bool" setter="set_clip_contents" getter="is_clipping_contents"> - Enables whether rendering of children should be clipped to this control's rectangle. If true, parts of a child which would be visibly outside of this control's rectangle will not be rendered. + Enables whether rendering of children should be clipped to this control's rectangle. If [code]true[/code], parts of a child which would be visibly outside of this control's rectangle will not be rendered. </member> - <member name="rect_global_position" type="Vector2" setter="set_global_position" getter="get_global_position"> + <member name="rect_global_position" type="Vector2" setter="_set_global_position" getter="get_global_position"> The node's global position, relative to the world (usually to the top-left corner of the window). </member> <member name="rect_min_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_custom_minimum_size" getter="get_custom_minimum_size"> @@ -695,7 +723,7 @@ <member name="rect_pivot_offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_pivot_offset" getter="get_pivot_offset"> By default, the node's pivot is its top-left corner. When you change its [member rect_scale], it will scale around this pivot. Set this property to [member rect_size] / 2 to center the pivot in the node's rectangle. </member> - <member name="rect_position" type="Vector2" setter="set_position" getter="get_position"> + <member name="rect_position" type="Vector2" setter="_set_position" getter="get_position"> The node's position, relative to its parent. It corresponds to the rectangle's top-left corner. The property is not affected by [member rect_pivot_offset]. </member> <member name="rect_rotation" type="float" setter="set_rotation_degrees" getter="get_rotation_degrees"> @@ -704,7 +732,7 @@ <member name="rect_scale" type="Vector2" setter="set_scale" getter="get_scale"> The node's scale, relative to its [member rect_size]. Change this property to scale the node around its [member rect_pivot_offset]. </member> - <member name="rect_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_size" getter="get_size"> + <member name="rect_size" type="Vector2" setter="_set_size" getter="get_size"> The size of the node's bounding rectangle, in pixels. [Container] nodes update this property automatically. </member> <member name="size_flags_horizontal" type="int" setter="set_h_size_flags" getter="get_h_size_flags"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml b/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml index 874088a6f1..31b4d08213 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml index bc60e3f363..7add252481 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="set_point_cloud"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CubeMap.xml b/doc/classes/CubeMap.xml index 2dc9b3d844..f5d2823115 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CubeMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CubeMap.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml b/doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml index 811c350014..6162474ed1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml @@ -5,11 +5,10 @@ </brief_description> <description> Generate an axis-aligned cuboid [PrimitiveMesh]. + The cube's UV layout is arranged in a 3×2 layout that allows texturing each face individually. To apply the same texture on all faces, change the material's UV property to [code]Vector3(3, 2, 1)[/code]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Curve.xml b/doc/classes/Curve.xml index 327dc42142..20afb03048 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Curve.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Curve.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_point"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml b/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml index 7fe05181ab..3631711a8f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_point"> <return type="void"> @@ -124,7 +122,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where [code]offset[/code] is measured as a pixel distance along the curve. - To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if [code]cubic[/code] is set to true, or linear if set to false. + To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if [code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to [code]false[/code]. Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster (and often, precise enough). </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml b/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml index 41957af506..7fda8aaa93 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_point"> <return type="void"> @@ -148,7 +146,7 @@ </argument> <description> Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where [code]offset[/code] is measured as a pixel distance along the curve. - To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if [code]cubic[/code] is set to true, or linear if set to false. + To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if [code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to [code]false[/code]. Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster (and often, precise enough). </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml b/doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml index e0de5d2581..0184e1e6b6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml b/doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml index a5e39d4972..dbdc7aeb92 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]. </brief_description> <description> - Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]. + Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]. This class can be used to create cones by setting either the [member top_radius] or [member bottom_radius] properties to 0.0. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml b/doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml index bd6849a8c4..847265ef25 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml b/doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml index bd43e20140..d6973848e2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml index 4a654f7425..ec70fd311b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml @@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/gdscript_basics.html#dictionary</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <description> @@ -40,7 +38,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if the dictionary is empty. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary is empty. </description> </method> <method name="erase"> @@ -49,7 +47,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> </argument> <description> - Erase a dictionary key/value pair by key. Do not erase elements while iterating over the dictionary. + Erase a dictionary key/value pair by key. Returns [code]true[/code] if the given key was present in the dictionary, [code]false[/code] otherwise. Do not erase elements while iterating over the dictionary. </description> </method> <method name="get"> @@ -69,7 +67,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> </argument> <description> - Return true if the dictionary has a given key. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has a given key. </description> </method> <method name="has_all"> @@ -78,35 +76,35 @@ <argument index="0" name="keys" type="Array"> </argument> <description> - Return true if the dictionary has all of the keys in the given array. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has all of the keys in the given array. </description> </method> <method name="hash"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return a hashed integer value representing the dictionary contents. + Returns a hashed integer value representing the dictionary contents. </description> </method> <method name="keys"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> - Return the list of keys in the [Dictionary]. + Returns the list of keys in the [Dictionary]. </description> </method> <method name="size"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the dictionary (in pairs). + Returns the size of the dictionary (in pairs). </description> </method> <method name="values"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> - Return the list of values in the [Dictionary]. + Returns the list of values in the [Dictionary]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml b/doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml index cb509b8bb3..c6650a1641 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/lights_and_shadows.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Directory.xml b/doc/classes/Directory.xml index 18e819784a..54aac33652 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Directory.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Directory.xml @@ -25,8 +25,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/filesystem.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="change_dir"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> @@ -54,7 +52,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return whether the current item processed with the last [method get_next] call is a directory ([code].[/code] and [code]..[/code] are considered directories). + Returns whether the current item processed with the last [method get_next] call is a directory ([code].[/code] and [code]..[/code] are considered directories). </description> </method> <method name="dir_exists"> @@ -63,7 +61,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the target directory exists. The argument can be relative to the current directory, or an absolute path. + Returns whether the target directory exists. The argument can be relative to the current directory, or an absolute path. </description> </method> <method name="file_exists"> @@ -72,14 +70,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the target file exists. The argument can be relative to the current directory, or an absolute path. + Returns whether the target file exists. The argument can be relative to the current directory, or an absolute path. </description> </method> <method name="get_current_dir"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Return the absolute path to the currently opened directory (e.g. [code]res://folder[/code] or [code]C:\tmp\folder[/code]). + Returns the absolute path to the currently opened directory (e.g. [code]res://folder[/code] or [code]C:\tmp\folder[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_current_drive"> @@ -109,7 +107,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Return the next element (file or directory) in the current directory (including [code].[/code] and [code]..[/code], unless [code]skip_navigational[/code] was given to [method list_dir_begin]). + Returns the next element (file or directory) in the current directory (including [code].[/code] and [code]..[/code], unless [code]skip_navigational[/code] was given to [method list_dir_begin]). The name of the file or directory is returned (and not its full path). Once the stream has been fully processed, the method returns an empty String and closes the stream automatically (i.e. [method list_dir_end] would not be mandatory in such a case). </description> </method> @@ -157,7 +155,7 @@ </argument> <description> Create a target directory and all necessary intermediate directories in its path, by calling [method make_dir] recursively. The argument can be relative to the current directory, or an absolute path. - Return one of the error code constants defined in [@GlobalScope] (OK, FAILED or ERR_*). + Returns one of the error code constants defined in [@GlobalScope] (OK, FAILED or ERR_*). </description> </method> <method name="open"> @@ -177,7 +175,7 @@ </argument> <description> Delete the target file or an empty directory. The argument can be relative to the current directory, or an absolute path. If the target directory is not empty, the operation will fail. - Return one of the error code constants defined in [@GlobalScope] (OK or FAILED). + Returns one of the error code constants defined in [@GlobalScope] (OK or FAILED). </description> </method> <method name="rename"> @@ -189,7 +187,7 @@ </argument> <description> Rename (move) the [i]from[/i] file to the [i]to[/i] destination. Both arguments should be paths to files, either relative or absolute. If the destination file exists and is not access-protected, it will be overwritten. - Return one of the error code constants defined in [@GlobalScope] (OK or FAILED). + Returns one of the error code constants defined in [@GlobalScope] (OK or FAILED). </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml b/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml index 500da1b30f..5fdc1ebb75 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml @@ -5,11 +5,15 @@ </brief_description> <description> DynamicFont renders vector font files (such as TTF or OTF) dynamically at runtime instead of using a prerendered texture atlas like [BitmapFont]. This trades the faster loading time of [BitmapFont]s for the ability to change font parameters like size and spacing during runtime. [DynamicFontData] is used for referencing the font file paths. + [codeblock] + var dynamic_font = DynamicFont.new() + dynamic_font.font_data = load("res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf") + dynamic_font.size = 64 + $"Label".set("custom_fonts/font", dynamic_font) + [/codeblock] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_fallback"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml b/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml index d9fd6bfcb0..8eff5fb993 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml index e25c76b3f5..4e4e29dc4e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_export_begin" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> @@ -23,6 +21,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_export_end" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_export_file" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml b/doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml index e0e56dc009..410b71a43e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_feature_name"> <return type="String"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml b/doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml index 281229bd10..15271b8050 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_filter"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml b/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml index 9e4380e6a0..1c7a68fc0b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_file_type" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> @@ -40,14 +38,14 @@ <return type="float"> </return> <description> - Return the scan progress for 0 to 1 if the FS is being scanned. + Returns the scan progress for 0 to 1 if the FS is being scanned. </description> </method> <method name="is_scanning" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true of the filesystem is being scanned. + Returns [code]true[/code] of the filesystem is being scanned. </description> </method> <method name="scan"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml b/doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml index bf6a9a1dc1..c7920c6ed6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="find_dir_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml index c1eead174d..c3f38e9e20 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml @@ -51,8 +51,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/import_plugins.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_import_options" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml index e7e9ea495d..cf14183099 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="refresh"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml index e5e886057f..c2b13ff89e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml @@ -1,13 +1,19 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="EditorInspectorPlugin" inherits="Reference" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> + Plugin for adding custom property editors on inspector. </brief_description> <description> + This plugins allows adding custom property editors to [EditorInspector]. + Plugins are registered via [method EditorPlugin.add_inspector_plugin]. + When an object is edited, the [method can_handle] function is called and must return true if the object type is supported. + If supported, the function [method parse_begin] will be called, allowing to place custom controls at the beginning of the class. + Subsequently, the [method parse_category] and [method parse_property] are called for every category and property. They offer the ability to add custom controls to the inspector too. + Finally [method parse_end] will be called. + On each of these calls, the "add" functions can be called. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_custom_control"> <return type="void"> @@ -15,6 +21,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="control" type="Control"> </argument> <description> + Add a custom control, not necessarily a property editor. </description> </method> <method name="add_property_editor"> @@ -25,6 +32,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="editor" type="Control"> </argument> <description> + Add a property editor, this must inherit [EditorProperty]. </description> </method> <method name="add_property_editor_for_multiple_properties"> @@ -37,6 +45,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="editor" type="Control"> </argument> <description> + Add am editor that allows modifying multiple properties, this must inherit [EditorProperty]. </description> </method> <method name="can_handle" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -45,6 +54,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object"> </argument> <description> + Returns true if this object can be handled by this plugin. </description> </method> <method name="parse_begin" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -53,6 +63,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object"> </argument> <description> + Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the list. </description> </method> <method name="parse_category" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -63,12 +74,14 @@ <argument index="1" name="category" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the category. </description> </method> <method name="parse_end" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> + Called to allow adding controls at the end of the list. </description> </method> <method name="parse_property" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -87,6 +100,7 @@ <argument index="5" name="usage" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Called to allow adding property specific editors to the inspector. Usually these inherit [EditorProperty] </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml index 2dc8d716a7..ecbb5da10c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="edit_resource"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorNavigationMeshGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/EditorNavigationMeshGenerator.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3956e12509 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/EditorNavigationMeshGenerator.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="EditorNavigationMeshGenerator" inherits="Object" category="Core" version="3.2"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="bake"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="nav_mesh" type="NavigationMesh"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="root_node" type="Node"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="nav_mesh" type="NavigationMesh"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml index 9d0f0d8035..3d91bff0aa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_autoload_singleton"> <return type="void"> @@ -243,7 +241,7 @@ <return type="EditorInterface"> </return> <description> - Return the [EditorInterface] object that gives you control over Godot editor's window and its functionalities. + Returns the [EditorInterface] object that gives you control over Godot editor's window and its functionalities. </description> </method> <method name="get_plugin_icon" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -294,14 +292,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object"> </argument> <description> - Implement this function if your plugin edits a specific type of object (Resource or Node). If you return true, then you will get the functions [method EditorPlugin.edit] and [method EditorPlugin.make_visible] called when the editor requests them. If you have declared the methods [method forward_canvas_gui_input] and [method forward_spatial_gui_input] these will be called too. + Implement this function if your plugin edits a specific type of object (Resource or Node). If you return [code]true[/code], then you will get the functions [method EditorPlugin.edit] and [method EditorPlugin.make_visible] called when the editor requests them. If you have declared the methods [method forward_canvas_gui_input] and [method forward_spatial_gui_input] these will be called too. </description> </method> <method name="has_main_screen" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if this is a main screen editor plugin (it goes in the workspaces selector together with '2D', '3D', and 'Script'). + Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a main screen editor plugin (it goes in the workspaces selector together with '2D', '3D', and 'Script'). </description> </method> <method name="hide_bottom_panel"> @@ -473,6 +471,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> + Updates the overlays of the editor (2D/3D) viewport. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -526,6 +525,10 @@ </constant> <constant name="CONTAINER_PROPERTY_EDITOR_BOTTOM" value="9" enum="CustomControlContainer"> </constant> + <constant name="CONTAINER_PROJECT_SETTING_TAB_LEFT" value="10" enum="CustomControlContainer"> + </constant> + <constant name="CONTAINER_PROJECT_SETTING_TAB_RIGHT" value="11" enum="CustomControlContainer"> + </constant> <constant name="DOCK_SLOT_LEFT_UL" value="0" enum="DockSlot"> </constant> <constant name="DOCK_SLOT_LEFT_BL" value="1" enum="DockSlot"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml b/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml index b3e1a613b0..735c270279 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml @@ -1,14 +1,23 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="EditorProperty" inherits="Container" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> + Custom control to edit properties for adding into the inspector </brief_description> <description> + This control allows property editing for one or multiple properties into [EditorInspector]. It is added via [EditorInspectorPlugin]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> + <method name="add_focusable"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="control" type="Control"> + </argument> + <description> + If any of the controls added can gain keyboard focus, add it here. This ensures that focus will be restored if the inspector is refreshed. + </description> + </method> <method name="emit_changed"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -21,45 +30,65 @@ <argument index="3" name="changing" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> + If one (or many properties) changed, this must be called. "Field" is used in case your editor can modify fields separately (as an example, Vector3.x). The "changing" argument avoids the editor requesting this property to be refreshed (leave as false if unsure). </description> </method> <method name="get_edited_object"> <return type="Object"> </return> <description> + Get the edited object. </description> </method> <method name="get_edited_property"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> + Get the edited property. If your editor is for a single property (added via [method EditorInspectorPlugin.parse_property]), then this will return it.. </description> </method> <method name="get_tooltip_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> + Override if you want to allow a custom tooltip over your property. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_bottom_editor"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="editor" type="Control"> + </argument> + <description> + Add controls with this function if you want them on the bottom (below the label). </description> </method> <method name="update_property" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> + When this virtual function is called, you must update your editor. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="checkable" type="bool" setter="set_checkable" getter="is_checkable"> + Used by the inspector, set when property is checkable. </member> <member name="checked" type="bool" setter="set_checked" getter="is_checked"> + Used by the inspector, when the property is checked. </member> <member name="draw_red" type="bool" setter="set_draw_red" getter="is_draw_red"> + Used by the inspector, when the property must draw with error color. </member> <member name="keying" type="bool" setter="set_keying" getter="is_keying"> + Used by the inspector, when the property can add keys for animation/ </member> <member name="label" type="String" setter="set_label" getter="get_label"> + Set this property to change the label (if you want to show one) </member> <member name="read_only" type="bool" setter="set_read_only" getter="is_read_only"> + Used by the inspector, when the property is read-only. </member> </members> <signals> @@ -69,6 +98,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="Array"> </argument> <description> + Emit yourself if you want multiple properties modified at the same time. Do not use if added via [method EditorInspectorPlugin.parse_property] </description> </signal> <signal name="object_id_selected"> @@ -77,6 +107,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Used by sub-inspectors. Emit if what was selected was an Object ID. </description> </signal> <signal name="property_changed"> @@ -85,6 +116,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="Nil"> </argument> <description> + Do not emit this manually, use the [method emit_changed] method instead. </description> </signal> <signal name="property_checked"> @@ -93,12 +125,14 @@ <argument index="1" name="bool" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Used internally, when a property was checked. </description> </signal> <signal name="property_keyed"> <argument index="0" name="property" type="String"> </argument> <description> + Emit if you want to add this value as an animation key (check keying being enabled first). </description> </signal> <signal name="property_keyed_with_value"> @@ -107,6 +141,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="Nil"> </argument> <description> + Emit if you want to key a property with a single value. </description> </signal> <signal name="resource_selected"> @@ -115,6 +150,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="resource" type="Resource"> </argument> <description> + If you want a sub-resource to be edited, emit this signal with the resource. </description> </signal> <signal name="selected"> @@ -123,6 +159,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="focusable_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Internal, used when selected. </description> </signal> </signals> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml index 9f8412becd..2638836c68 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_convert" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Resource"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml index d5f7a8ac89..8de905e710 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_preview_generator"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml index d607b66c05..156cc62941 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml @@ -8,9 +8,15 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> + <method name="can_generate_small_preview" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + If this function returns true the generator will call [method generate] or [method generate_from_path] for small previews too. + By default it returns false. + </description> + </method> <method name="generate" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Texture"> </return> @@ -37,13 +43,21 @@ Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not the main thread). </description> </method> + <method name="generate_small_preview_automatically" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + If this function returns true the generator will automatically generate the small previews from the normal preview texture generated by the methods [method generate] or [method generate_from_path]. + By default it returns false. + </description> + </method> <method name="handles" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return if your generator supports this resource type. + Returns if your generator supports this resource type. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml index aee8712e74..4707543c91 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_get_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterAssimp.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterAssimp.xml index 0214f9eba2..b1f397e2b9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterAssimp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterAssimp.xml @@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml b/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml index 788574d7d2..3b0590f78c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml @@ -28,8 +28,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/assets/importing_scenes.html#custom-script</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_source_file" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorScript.xml b/doc/classes/EditorScript.xml index 117817d311..52d7ce3f17 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorScript.xml @@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_run" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml index d1975d786e..336390b2b1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_node"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml index 0743a4bd6b..7d38031a4c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml @@ -14,8 +14,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_property_info"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml index 0eff0bc0f8..5d5c37b212 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_collision_segments"> <return type="void"> @@ -99,7 +97,7 @@ </argument> <description> Commit a handle being edited (handles must have been previously added by [method add_handles]). - If the cancel parameter is true, an option to restore the edited value to the original is provided. + If the cancel parameter is [code]true[/code], an option to restore the edited value to the original is provided. </description> </method> <method name="get_handle_name" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -125,7 +123,7 @@ <return type="EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin"> </return> <description> - Return the [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] that owns this gizmo. It's useful to retrieve materials using [method EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.get_material]. + Returns the [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] that owns this gizmo. It's useful to retrieve materials using [method EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.get_material]. </description> </method> <method name="get_spatial_node" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml index bebf166e37..40d6376ca3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/spatial_gizmos.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_material"> <return type="void"> @@ -27,7 +25,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Override this method to define whether the gizmo can be hidden or not. Defaults to true. + Override this method to define whether the gizmo can be hidden or not. Defaults to [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="commit_handle" qualifiers="virtual"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml b/doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml index f7052de46e..1822f6c199 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_object_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Engine.xml b/doc/classes/Engine.xml index 76d3a8390c..ac46d34198 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Engine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Engine.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_author_info" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Dictionary"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Environment.xml b/doc/classes/Environment.xml index d75baa30cf..2a4ab4ce0d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Environment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Environment.xml @@ -15,8 +15,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/environment_and_post_processing.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/high_dynamic_range.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -30,7 +28,7 @@ Global contrast value of the rendered scene (default value is 1). </member> <member name="adjustment_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_adjustment_enable" getter="is_adjustment_enabled"> - Enables the adjustment_* options provided by this resource. If false, adjustments modifications will have no effect on the rendered scene. + Enables the adjustment_* options provided by this resource. If [code]false[/code], adjustments modifications will have no effect on the rendered scene. </member> <member name="adjustment_saturation" type="float" setter="set_adjustment_saturation" getter="get_adjustment_saturation"> Global color saturation value of the rendered scene (default value is 1). @@ -219,7 +217,7 @@ </member> <member name="ssao_bias" type="float" setter="set_ssao_bias" getter="get_ssao_bias"> </member> - <member name="ssao_blur" type="int" setter="set_ssao_blur" getter="is_ssao_blur_enabled" enum="Environment.SSAOBlur"> + <member name="ssao_blur" type="int" setter="set_ssao_blur" getter="get_ssao_blur" enum="Environment.SSAOBlur"> </member> <member name="ssao_color" type="Color" setter="set_ssao_color" getter="get_ssao_color"> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/Expression.xml b/doc/classes/Expression.xml index a983ab0cf3..464ed44ecd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Expression.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Expression.xml @@ -25,8 +25,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="execute"> <return type="Variant"> diff --git a/doc/classes/File.xml b/doc/classes/File.xml index 79462816e3..30da143f88 100644 --- a/doc/classes/File.xml +++ b/doc/classes/File.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/filesystem.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="close"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml b/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml index 3ebe37e5ba..953f364bdb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FileDialog.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_filter"> <return type="void"> @@ -45,7 +43,7 @@ <return type="VBoxContainer"> </return> <description> - Return the vertical box container of the dialog, custom controls can be added to it. + Returns the vertical box container of the dialog, custom controls can be added to it. </description> </method> <method name="invalidate"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Font.xml b/doc/classes/Font.xml index 3e2347a4f8..d65dad9fe1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Font.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Font.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="draw" qualifiers="const"> <return type="void"> @@ -53,21 +51,21 @@ <return type="float"> </return> <description> - Return the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). </description> </method> <method name="get_descent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> - Return the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). </description> </method> <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <description> - Return the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. </description> </method> <method name="get_string_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -76,7 +74,17 @@ <argument index="0" name="string" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return the size of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. + Returns the size of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_wordwrap_string_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="string" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="p_width" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> </description> </method> <method name="has_outline" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/FuncRef.xml b/doc/classes/FuncRef.xml index f0254cecaf..e35d7a68c5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FuncRef.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FuncRef.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="call_func" qualifiers="vararg"> <return type="Variant"> @@ -19,6 +17,12 @@ Calls the referenced function previously set by [method set_function] or [method @GDScript.funcref]. </description> </method> + <method name="is_valid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_function"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceLoader.xml b/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceLoader.xml index 17ee34c41b..1b98fa3889 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceLoader.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceSaver.xml b/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceSaver.xml index f7d4b538ae..346d0d87d4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GDNativeLibraryResourceSaver.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml b/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml index c32fbc651e..e42d3ed2c4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GIProbe.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/gi_probes.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="bake"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml b/doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml index fcb9e6c14c..94b86dee74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml b/doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml index 0a3b7b9027..53cece21fa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Geometry.xml b/doc/classes/Geometry.xml index fe431d55a9..e2ba3fb7b0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Geometry.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Geometry.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="build_box_planes"> <return type="Array"> @@ -61,6 +59,29 @@ Clips the polygon defined by the points in [code]points[/code] against the [code]plane[/code] and returns the points of the clipped polygon. </description> </method> + <method name="clip_polygons_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polygon_a" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="polygon_b" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Clips [code]polygon_a[/code] against [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an array of clipped polygons. This performs [code]OPERATION_DIFFERENCE[/code] between polygons. Returns an empty array if [code]polygon_b[/code] completely overlaps [code]polygon_a[/code]. + If [code]polygon_b[/code] is enclosed by [code]polygon_a[/code], returns an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) which could be distiguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="clip_polyline_with_polygon_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polyline" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="polygon" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Clips [code]polyline[/code] against [code]polygon[/code] and returns an array of clipped polylines. This performs [code]OPERATION_DIFFERENCE[/code] between the polyline and the polygon. This operation can be thought of as cutting a line with a closed shape. + </description> + </method> <method name="convex_hull_2d"> <return type="PoolVector2Array"> </return> @@ -70,6 +91,18 @@ Given an array of [Vector2]s, returns the convex hull as a list of points in counter-clockwise order. The last point is the same as the first one. </description> </method> + <method name="exclude_polygons_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polygon_a" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="polygon_b" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Mutually excludes common area defined by intersection of [code]polygon_a[/code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] (see [method intersect_polygons_2d]) and returns an array of excluded polygons. This performs [code]OPERATION_XOR[/code] between polygons. In other words, returns all but common area between polygons. + The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distiguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_closest_point_to_segment"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> @@ -160,6 +193,38 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="intersect_polygons_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polygon_a" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="polygon_b" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Intersects [code]polygon_a[/code] with [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an array of intersected polygons. This performs [code]OPERATION_INTERSECTION[/code] between polygons. In other words, returns common area shared by polygons. Returns an empty array if no intersection occurs. + The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distiguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="intersect_polyline_with_polygon_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polyline" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="polygon" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Intersects [code]polyline[/code] with [code]polygon[/code] and returns an array of intersected polylines. This performs [code]OPERATION_INTERSECTION[/code] between the polyline and the polygon. This operation can be thought of as chopping a line with a closed shape. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_polygon_clockwise"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polygon" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]polygon[/code]'s vertices are ordered in clockwise order, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="line_intersects_line_2d"> <return type="Variant"> </return> @@ -184,6 +249,51 @@ Given an array of [Vector2]s representing tiles, builds an atlas. The returned dictionary has two keys: [code]points[/code] is a vector of [Vector2] that specifies the positions of each tile, [code]size[/code] contains the overall size of the whole atlas as [Vector2]. </description> </method> + <method name="merge_polygons_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polygon_a" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="polygon_b" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Merges (combines) [code]polygon_a[/code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an array of merged polygons. This performs [code]OPERATION_UNION[/code] between polygons. + The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distiguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="offset_polygon_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polygon" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="join_type" type="int" enum="Geometry.PolyJoinType" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Inflates or deflates [code]polygon[/code] by [code]delta[/code] units (pixels). If [code]delta[/code] is positive, makes the polygon grow outward. If [code]delta[/code] is negative, shrinks the polygon inward. Returns an array of polygons because inflating/deflating may result in multiple discrete polygons. Returns an empty array if [code]delta[/code] is negative and the absolute value of it approximately exceeds the minimum bounding rectangle dimensions of the polygon. + Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/code], see [enum Geometry.PolyJoinType]. + The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distiguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="offset_polyline_2d"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="polyline" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="join_type" type="int" enum="Geometry.PolyJoinType" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="end_type" type="int" enum="Geometry.PolyEndType" default="3"> + </argument> + <description> + Inflates or deflates [code]polyline[/code] by [code]delta[/code] units (pixels), producing polygons. If [code]delta[/code] is positive, makes the polyline grow outward. Returns an array of polygons because inflating/deflating may result in multiple discrete polygons. If [code]delta[/code] is negative, returns an empty array. + Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/code], see [enum Geometry.PolyJoinType]. + Each polygon's endpoints will be rounded as determined by [code]end_type[/code], see [enum Geometry.PolyEndType]. + The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distiguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. + </description> + </method> <method name="point_is_inside_triangle" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -306,6 +416,27 @@ Tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the triangle [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code], [code]c[/code]. If yes, returns the point of intersection as [Vector3]. If no intersection takes place, an empty [Variant] is returned. </description> </method> + <method name="transform_points_2d"> + <return type="PoolVector2Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="points" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D"> + </argument> + <description> + Transforms an array of points by [code]transform[/code] and returns the result. + Can be useful in conjuction with performing polygon boolean operations in CSG manner, see [method merge_polygons_2d], [method clip_polygons_2d], [method intersect_polygons_2d], [method exclude_polygons_2d]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="triangulate_delaunay_2d"> + <return type="PoolIntArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="points" type="PoolVector2Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Triangulates the area specified by discrete set of [code]points[/code] such that no point is inside the circumcircle of any resulting triangle. Returns a [PoolIntArray] where each triangle consists of three consecutive point indices into [code]points[/code] (i.e. the returned array will have [code]n * 3[/code] elements, with [code]n[/code] being the number of found triangles). If the triangulation did not succeed, an empty [PoolIntArray] is returned. + </description> + </method> <method name="triangulate_polygon"> <return type="PoolIntArray"> </return> @@ -317,5 +448,41 @@ </method> </methods> <constants> + <constant name="OPERATION_UNION" value="0" enum="PolyBooleanOperation"> + Create regions where either subject or clip polygons (or both) are filled. + </constant> + <constant name="OPERATION_DIFFERENCE" value="1" enum="PolyBooleanOperation"> + Create regions where subject polygons are filled except where clip polygons are filled. + </constant> + <constant name="OPERATION_INTERSECTION" value="2" enum="PolyBooleanOperation"> + Create regions where both subject and clip polygons are filled. + </constant> + <constant name="OPERATION_XOR" value="3" enum="PolyBooleanOperation"> + Create regions where either subject or clip polygons are filled but not where both are filled. + </constant> + <constant name="JOIN_SQUARE" value="0" enum="PolyJoinType"> + Squaring is applied uniformally at all convex edge joins at [code]1 * delta[/code]. + </constant> + <constant name="JOIN_ROUND" value="1" enum="PolyJoinType"> + While flattened paths can never perfectly trace an arc, they are approximated by a series of arc chords. + </constant> + <constant name="JOIN_MITER" value="2" enum="PolyJoinType"> + There's a necessary limit to mitered joins since offsetting edges that join at very acute angles will produce excessively long and narrow 'spikes'. For any given edge join, when miter offsetting would exceed that maximum distance, 'square' joining is applied. + </constant> + <constant name="END_POLYGON" value="0" enum="PolyEndType"> + Endpoints are joined using the [enum PolyJoinType] value and the path filled as a polygon. + </constant> + <constant name="END_JOINED" value="1" enum="PolyEndType"> + Endpoints are joined using the [enum PolyJoinType] value and the path filled as a polyline. + </constant> + <constant name="END_BUTT" value="2" enum="PolyEndType"> + Endpoints are squared off with no extension. + </constant> + <constant name="END_SQUARE" value="3" enum="PolyEndType"> + Endpoints are squared off and extended by [code]delta[/code] units. + </constant> + <constant name="END_ROUND" value="4" enum="PolyEndType"> + Endpoints are rounded off and extended by [code]delta[/code] units. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml b/doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml index 023b782586..674f786149 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml @@ -8,9 +8,16 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> + <method name="set_custom_aabb"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="aabb" type="AABB"> + </argument> + <description> + Overrides the bounding box of this node with a custom one. To remove it, set an AABB with all fields set to zero. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="cast_shadow" type="int" setter="set_cast_shadows_setting" getter="get_cast_shadows_setting" enum="GeometryInstance.ShadowCastingSetting"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Gradient.xml b/doc/classes/Gradient.xml index 321d630b08..d80fed204e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Gradient.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Gradient.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_point"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml b/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml index f343fb9b34..fc952346ad 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml index 68ab1a40c6..db186eab35 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_valid_connection_type"> <return type="void"> @@ -82,7 +80,7 @@ <return type="Array"> </return> <description> - Return an Array containing the list of connections. A connection consists in a structure of the form {from_port: 0, from: "GraphNode name 0", to_port: 1, to: "GraphNode name 1" } + Returns an Array containing the list of connections. A connection consists in a structure of the form {from_port: 0, from: "GraphNode name 0", to_port: 1, to: "GraphNode name 1" } </description> </method> <method name="get_zoom_hbox"> @@ -103,7 +101,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="to_port" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return true if the 'from_port' slot of 'from' GraphNode is connected to the 'to_port' slot of 'to' GraphNode. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the 'from_port' slot of 'from' GraphNode is connected to the 'to_port' slot of 'to' GraphNode. </description> </method> <method name="is_valid_connection_type" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml index a26310e912..a19676798b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear_all_slots"> <return type="void"> @@ -33,14 +31,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the color of the input connection 'idx'. + Returns the color of the input connection 'idx'. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_count"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the number of enabled input slots (connections) to the GraphNode. + Returns the number of enabled input slots (connections) to the GraphNode. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_position"> @@ -49,7 +47,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the position of the input connection 'idx'. + Returns the position of the input connection 'idx'. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_input_type"> @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the type of the input connection 'idx'. + Returns the type of the input connection 'idx'. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_color"> @@ -67,14 +65,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the color of the output connection 'idx'. + Returns the color of the output connection 'idx'. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_count"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the number of enabled output slots (connections) of the GraphNode. + Returns the number of enabled output slots (connections) of the GraphNode. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_position"> @@ -83,7 +81,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the position of the output connection 'idx'. + Returns the position of the output connection 'idx'. </description> </method> <method name="get_connection_output_type"> @@ -92,7 +90,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the type of the output connection 'idx'. + Returns the type of the output connection 'idx'. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_color_left" qualifiers="const"> @@ -101,7 +99,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the color set to 'idx' left (input) slot. + Returns the color set to 'idx' left (input) slot. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_color_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the color set to 'idx' right (output) slot. + Returns the color set to 'idx' right (output) slot. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_type_left" qualifiers="const"> @@ -119,7 +117,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the (integer) type of left (input) 'idx' slot. + Returns the (integer) type of left (input) 'idx' slot. </description> </method> <method name="get_slot_type_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -128,7 +126,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the (integer) type of right (output) 'idx' slot. + Returns the (integer) type of right (output) 'idx' slot. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_enabled_left" qualifiers="const"> @@ -137,7 +135,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return true if left (input) slot 'idx' is enabled. False otherwise. + Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) slot 'idx' is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="is_slot_enabled_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -146,7 +144,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return true if right (output) slot 'idx' is enabled. False otherwise. + Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) slot 'idx' is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="set_slot"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GridContainer.xml b/doc/classes/GridContainer.xml index 8825296611..94d805e3f6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GridContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GridContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml b/doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml index 7c951eca83..dd758d0bd3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml b/doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml index 3adaf56cbf..fce030a260 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml b/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml index fd6fa148cb..14ace8bc76 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/HSeparator.xml b/doc/classes/HSeparator.xml index f5d9f23993..c2c22d3bcd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HSeparator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HSeparator.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/HSlider.xml b/doc/classes/HSlider.xml index fe34404572..2fef4669d2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HSlider.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HSlider.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml b/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml index 88527cf4ea..accc09d190 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml index f03b47afc5..8ae0120a34 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml @@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/networking/http_client_class.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="close"> <return type="void"> @@ -297,7 +295,7 @@ HTTP status code [code]303 See Other[/code]. The server is redirecting the user agent to a different resource, as indicated by a URI in the Location header field, which is intended to provide an indirect response to the original request. </constant> <constant name="RESPONSE_NOT_MODIFIED" value="304" enum="ResponseCode"> - HTTP status code [code]304 Not Modified[/code]. A conditional GET or HEAD request has been received and would have resulted in a 200 OK response if it were not for the fact that the condition evaluated to false. + HTTP status code [code]304 Not Modified[/code]. A conditional GET or HEAD request has been received and would have resulted in a 200 OK response if it were not for the fact that the condition evaluated to [code]false[/code]. </constant> <constant name="RESPONSE_USE_PROXY" value="305" enum="ResponseCode"> HTTP status code [code]305 Use Proxy[/code]. Deprecated. Do not use. @@ -348,7 +346,7 @@ HTTP status code [code]411 Length Required[/code]. The server refuses to accept the request without a defined Content-Length header. </constant> <constant name="RESPONSE_PRECONDITION_FAILED" value="412" enum="ResponseCode"> - HTTP status code [code]412 Precondition Failed[/code]. One or more conditions given in the request header fields evaluated to false when tested on the server. + HTTP status code [code]412 Precondition Failed[/code]. One or more conditions given in the request header fields evaluated to [code]false[/code] when tested on the server. </constant> <constant name="RESPONSE_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE" value="413" enum="ResponseCode"> HTTP status code [code]413 Entity Too Large[/code]. The server is refusing to process a request because the request payload is larger than the server is willing or able to process. diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml index 7444503060..3dccc8e741 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="cancel_request"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml b/doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml index ec2e18bd7d..22896535b9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml @@ -1,15 +1,13 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="HeightMapShape" inherits="Shape" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> - Height map shape for 3D physics (bullet only) + Height map shape for 3D physics (Bullet only). </brief_description> <description> Height map shape resource, which can be added to a [PhysicsBody] or [Area]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml b/doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml index cb99cca6bf..79df64f226 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/IP.xml b/doc/classes/IP.xml index 4c7365b0f6..3616a9ec50 100644 --- a/doc/classes/IP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/IP.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear_cache"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/IP_Unix.xml b/doc/classes/IP_Unix.xml index 68392c9bdf..4e09bf5dc0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/IP_Unix.xml +++ b/doc/classes/IP_Unix.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Image.xml b/doc/classes/Image.xml index 3ebd9432e5..8dfabdd884 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Image.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Image.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="blend_rect"> <return type="void"> @@ -125,7 +123,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="format" type="int" enum="Image.Format"> </argument> <description> - Creates an empty image of given size and format. See [code]FORMAT_*[/code] constants. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is true then generate mipmaps for this image. See the [code]generate_mipmaps[/code] method. + Creates an empty image of given size and format. See [code]FORMAT_*[/code] constants. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is [code]true[/code] then generate mipmaps for this image. See the [code]generate_mipmaps[/code] method. </description> </method> <method name="create_from_data"> @@ -142,7 +140,7 @@ <argument index="4" name="data" type="PoolByteArray"> </argument> <description> - Creates a new image of given size and format. See [code]FORMAT_*[/code] constants. Fills the image with the given raw data. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is true then generate mipmaps for this image. See the [code]generate_mipmaps[/code] method. + Creates a new image of given size and format. See [code]FORMAT_*[/code] constants. Fills the image with the given raw data. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is [code]true[/code] then generate mipmaps for this image. See the [code]generate_mipmaps[/code] method. </description> </method> <method name="crop"> @@ -605,6 +603,8 @@ If the image does not have mipmaps, they will be generated and used internally, but no mipmaps will be generated on the resulting image. (Note that if you intend to scale multiple copies of the original image, it's better to call [code]generate_mipmaps[/code] on it in advance, to avoid wasting processing power in generating them again and again.) On the other hand, if the image already has mipmaps, they will be used, and a new set will be generated for the resulting image. </constant> + <constant name="INTERPOLATE_LANCZOS" value="4" enum="Interpolation"> + </constant> <constant name="ALPHA_NONE" value="0" enum="AlphaMode"> </constant> <constant name="ALPHA_BIT" value="1" enum="AlphaMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml b/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml index 79eb97717b..e5a8fee767 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="create"> <return type="void"> @@ -42,7 +40,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="Image.Format"> </return> <description> - Return the format of the [ImageTexture], one of [enum Image.Format]. + Returns the format of the [ImageTexture], one of [enum Image.Format]. </description> </method> <method name="load"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml b/doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml index 8ea3f41812..ca45fc5f9e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_sphere"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Input.xml b/doc/classes/Input.xml index 6302515fcb..9c41e4bf1d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Input.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Input.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="action_press"> <return type="void"> @@ -68,6 +66,12 @@ Returns an [Array] containing the device IDs of all currently connected joypads. </description> </method> + <method name="get_current_cursor_shape" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Input.CursorShape"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_gravity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> @@ -190,7 +194,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="Input.MouseMode"> </return> <description> - Return the mouse mode. See the constants for more information. + Returns the mouse mode. See the constants for more information. </description> </method> <method name="is_action_just_pressed" qualifiers="const"> @@ -199,7 +203,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="action" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] when the user starts pressing the action event, meaning it's true only on the frame that the user pressed down the button. + Returns [code]true[/code] when the user starts pressing the action event, meaning it's [code]true[/code] only on the frame that the user pressed down the button. This is useful for code that needs to run only once when an action is pressed, instead of every frame while it's pressed. </description> </method> @@ -209,7 +213,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="action" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] when the user stops pressing the action event, meaning it's true only on the frame that the user released the button. + Returns [code]true[/code] when the user stops pressing the action event, meaning it's [code]true[/code] only on the frame that the user released the button. </description> </method> <method name="is_action_pressed" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputDefault.xml b/doc/classes/InputDefault.xml index 471a43ff7e..e96b885d10 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputDefault.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputDefault.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEvent.xml b/doc/classes/InputEvent.xml index 447c7251b8..934597d0c6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEvent.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEvent.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_transforms.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="accumulate"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml index a3eeea8756..9df7bbca74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html#actions</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -20,6 +18,9 @@ <member name="pressed" type="bool" setter="set_pressed" getter="is_pressed"> If [code]true[/code], the action's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], the action's state is released. </member> + <member name="strength" type="float" setter="set_strength" getter="get_strength"> + The action's strength between 0 and 1. This value is consired as equal to 0 if pressed is [code]false[/code]. The event strength allows faking analog joypad motion events, by precising how strongly is the joypad axis bent or pressed. + </member> </members> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml index 9d6b44f140..b1abf04b51 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml index f77bf86cb9..78cd55b79a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml index 35b7c0ce46..5330b2a6e0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml index 90a01eef4c..86a1362230 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_scancode_with_modifiers" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml index 3f7cf0cf7c..5ded362bc7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMagnifyGesture.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMagnifyGesture.xml index c4f66c4d45..8f01f6f486 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMagnifyGesture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMagnifyGesture.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml index 05e1be0fe7..8ba272d470 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml index 2647f80dd8..99e25d2c6f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/mouse_and_input_coordinates.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml index 0accf02aaf..3df47177dc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/mouse_and_input_coordinates.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventPanGesture.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventPanGesture.xml index be5867e7b9..8a2fa74597 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventPanGesture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventPanGesture.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml index 9d9e4b33ba..36e47ee51a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml index 6c5d37330f..8f537f12bc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml index 620927af08..de120446fb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputMap.xml b/doc/classes/InputMap.xml index 5c6bba44cc..bb29a09d22 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputMap.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html#inputmap</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="action_add_event"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml b/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml index 7dc5b4031a..c4752c735d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="create_instance"> <return type="Node"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml b/doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml index 38b97be962..d124ea707a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="set_target"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml index b16a80a537..ba3a7fe6d8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_icon_item"> <return type="void"> @@ -34,7 +32,7 @@ </argument> <description> Adds an item to the item list with specified text. Specify an icon of null for a list item with no icon. - If selectable is true the list item will be selectable. + If selectable is [code]true[/code] the list item will be selectable. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> @@ -66,7 +64,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return count of items currently in the item list. + Returns count of items currently in the item list. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_custom_bg_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -124,7 +122,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the text for specified item index. + Returns the text for specified item index. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> @@ -133,7 +131,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return tooltip hint for specified item index. + Returns tooltip hint for specified item index. </description> </method> <method name="get_selected_items"> diff --git a/doc/classes/JSON.xml b/doc/classes/JSON.xml index ee02733615..cb62a1e88e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JSON.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JSON.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="parse"> <return type="JSONParseResult"> diff --git a/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml b/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml index 0d28b5bf61..c9caa5c5d4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml b/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml index 524de0c915..68b6831103 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JavaScript.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/export/exporting_for_web.html#calling-javascript-from-script</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="eval"> <return type="Variant"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Joint.xml b/doc/classes/Joint.xml index 8ebe597d80..5cd59852df 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Joint.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Joint.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Joint2D.xml b/doc/classes/Joint2D.xml index 61df0ee698..b700bbd991 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Joint2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Joint2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml index 9ef1d0cdb9..8ea3d8c188 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_floor_velocity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> @@ -93,10 +91,10 @@ Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [KinematicBody] or [RigidBody], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving or rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. [code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector (typically meters per second). Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply it by [code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the velocity. [code]floor_normal[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful for topdown games. - If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is true, body will not slide on slopes if you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code]. + If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on slopes if you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code]. If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of [code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops. [code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default value equals 45 degrees. - If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is true, body will be able to push [RigidBody] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. When false, it will interact with [RigidBody] nodes like with [StaticBody]. + If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to push [RigidBody] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. If [code]false[/code] it will interact with [RigidBody] nodes like with [StaticBody]. Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml index c0eebcbd31..b7ff4bac84 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ Kinematic Characters: KinematicBody2D also has an API for moving objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement characters that collide against a world, but that don't require advanced physics. </description> <tutorials> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/using_kinematic_body_2d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_floor_velocity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [KinematicBody2D] or [RigidBody2D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving or rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. [code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector in pixels per second. Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply it by [code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the velocity. [code]floor_normal[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful for topdown games. - If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is true, body will not slide on slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body is standing still. + If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body is standing still. If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of [code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops. [code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default value equals 45 degrees. - If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is true, body will be able to push [RigidBody2D] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. When false, it will interact with [RigidBody2D] nodes like with [StaticBody2D]. + If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to push [RigidBody2D] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. If [code]false[/code] it will interact with [RigidBody2D] nodes like with [StaticBody2D]. Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml index b2ae9445bb..4ce74df767 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml index 8a57dc0188..5a0303b7ba 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Label.xml b/doc/classes/Label.xml index 056391ae40..8d52cae186 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Label.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Label.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_line_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> @@ -46,7 +44,7 @@ Controls the text's horizontal align. Supports left, center, right, and fill, or justify. Set it to one of the [code]ALIGN_*[/code] constants. </member> <member name="autowrap" type="bool" setter="set_autowrap" getter="has_autowrap"> - If [code]true[/code], wraps the text inside the node's bounding rectangle. If you resize the node, it will change its height automatically to show all the text. Default: false. + If [code]true[/code], wraps the text inside the node's bounding rectangle. If you resize the node, it will change its height automatically to show all the text. Default: [code]false[/code]. </member> <member name="clip_text" type="bool" setter="set_clip_text" getter="is_clipping_text"> If [code]true[/code], the Label only shows the text that fits inside its bounding rectangle. It also lets you scale the node down freely. diff --git a/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml b/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml index 59757e3101..4611bc228e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_piece"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Light.xml b/doc/classes/Light.xml index 54f0e4336b..ecbc07ba72 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Light.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Light.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/lights_and_shadows.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Light2D.xml b/doc/classes/Light2D.xml index 2626382a48..a487fdf2fe 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Light2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Light2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_lights_and_shadows.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml b/doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml index a5df0a5d11..a621937eb3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_lights_and_shadows.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Line2D.xml b/doc/classes/Line2D.xml index 7efaf2b55f..c55760767a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Line2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Line2D.xml @@ -8,16 +8,17 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_point"> <return type="void"> </return> <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> </argument> + <argument index="1" name="at_position" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> <description> Add a point at the [code]position[/code]. Appends the point at the end of the line. + If [code]at_position[/code] is given, the point is inserted before the point number [code]at_position[/code], moving that point (and every point after) after the inserted point. If [code]at_position[/code] is not given, or is an illegal value ([code]at_position < 0[/code] or [code]at_position >= [method get_point_count][/code]), the point will be appended at the end of the point list. </description> </method> <method name="clear_points"> diff --git a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml index 6c8b419552..184987d2dd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml @@ -1,15 +1,22 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="LineEdit" inherits="Control" category="Core" version="3.2"> <brief_description> - Control that provides single line string editing. + Control that provides single-line string editing. </brief_description> <description> - LineEdit provides a single line string editor, used for text fields. + LineEdit provides a single-line string editor, used for text fields. It features many built-in shortcuts which will always be available: + - Ctrl + C: Copy + - Ctrl + X: Cut + - Ctrl + V or Ctrl + Y: Paste/"yank" + - Ctrl + Z: Undo + - Ctrl + Shift + Z: Redo + - Ctrl + U: Delete text from the cursor position to the beginning of the line + - Ctrl + K: Delete text from the cursor position to the end of the line + - Ctrl + A: Select all text + - Up/Down arrow: Move the cursor to the beginning/end of the line </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="append_at_cursor"> <return type="void"> @@ -159,6 +166,7 @@ </constant> <constant name="MENU_PASTE" value="2" enum="MenuItems"> Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's position). + Non-printable escape characters are automatically stripped from the OS clipboard via [method String.strip_escapes]. </constant> <constant name="MENU_CLEAR" value="3" enum="MenuItems"> Erases the whole [LineEdit] text. diff --git a/doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml index fb5925277e..94409cbd83 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml b/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml index 80729877cf..ef9f785f0f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Listener.xml b/doc/classes/Listener.xml index 41daf99c78..130263a069 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Listener.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Listener.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear_current"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml b/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml index 6b7d9cc834..324ee72b8e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_drop_files" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml b/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml index 2224c83271..0993ed88ca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Marshalls.xml b/doc/classes/Marshalls.xml index 9210d0b0f5..c7118a4d9f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Marshalls.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Marshalls.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="base64_to_raw"> <return type="PoolByteArray"> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="base64_str" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return [PoolByteArray] of a given base64 encoded String. + Returns [PoolByteArray] of a given base64 encoded String. </description> </method> <method name="base64_to_utf8"> @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="base64_str" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return utf8 String of a given base64 encoded String. + Returns utf8 String of a given base64 encoded String. </description> </method> <method name="base64_to_variant"> @@ -37,7 +35,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="allow_objects" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Return [Variant] of a given base64 encoded String. When [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code] decoding objects is allowed. + Returns [Variant] of a given base64 encoded String. When [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code] decoding objects is allowed. [b]WARNING:[/b] Deserialized object can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats (remote code execution). </description> </method> @@ -47,7 +45,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="array" type="PoolByteArray"> </argument> <description> - Return base64 encoded String of a given [PoolByteArray]. + Returns base64 encoded String of a given [PoolByteArray]. </description> </method> <method name="utf8_to_base64"> @@ -56,7 +54,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="utf8_str" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return base64 encoded String of a given utf8 String. + Returns base64 encoded String of a given utf8 String. </description> </method> <method name="variant_to_base64"> @@ -67,7 +65,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="full_objects" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Return base64 encoded String of a given [Variant]. When [code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). + Returns base64 encoded String of a given [Variant]. When [code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Material.xml b/doc/classes/Material.xml index 976adfd331..848a43e6c4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Material.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Material.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml b/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml index aa10946afe..1043aa1087 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_popup" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PopupMenu"> </return> <description> - Return the [PopupMenu] contained in this button. + Returns the [PopupMenu] contained in this button. </description> </method> <method name="set_disable_shortcuts"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Mesh.xml b/doc/classes/Mesh.xml index 5299045ec1..048e7074f1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Mesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Mesh.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="create_convex_shape" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Shape"> @@ -52,7 +50,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of surfaces that the [Mesh] holds. + Returns the amount of surfaces that the [Mesh] holds. </description> </method> <method name="surface_get_arrays" qualifiers="const"> @@ -79,7 +77,18 @@ <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return a [Material] in a given surface. Surface is rendered using this material. + Returns a [Material] in a given surface. Surface is rendered using this material. + </description> + </method> + <method name="surface_set_material"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="surf_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="material" type="Material"> + </argument> + <description> + Set a [Material] for a given surface. Surface will be rendered using this material. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml b/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml index cfe565b538..eeb251c8c7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml @@ -20,8 +20,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml b/doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml index 3a5df32563..c5c15e0ddc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="create_convex_collision"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml b/doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml index a39782acbf..d18ba96a95 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_meshes.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml b/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml index 02d87a9c48..ad5824640d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> @@ -39,7 +37,7 @@ <return type="PoolIntArray"> </return> <description> - Return the list of items. + Returns the list of items. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_mesh" qualifiers="const"> @@ -48,7 +46,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the mesh of the item. + Returns the mesh of the item. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -57,7 +55,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the name of the item. + Returns the name of the item. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_navmesh" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml b/doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d305cca482 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="MeshTexture" inherits="Texture" category="Core" version="3.2"> + <brief_description> + Simple texture that uses a mesh to draw itself. + </brief_description> + <description> + Simple texture that uses a mesh to draw itself. It's limited because flags can't be changed and region drawing is not supported. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="base_texture" type="Texture" setter="set_base_texture" getter="get_base_texture"> + Set the base texture that the Mesh will use to draw. + </member> + <member name="image_size" type="Vector2" setter="set_image_size" getter="get_image_size"> + Set the size of the image, needed for reference. + </member> + <member name="mesh" type="Mesh" setter="set_mesh" getter="get_mesh"> + Set the mesh used to draw. It must be a mesh using 2D vertices. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml b/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml index 885fcf259f..0784fc3a42 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml @@ -12,14 +12,12 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/animating_thousands_of_fish.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_aabb" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> </return> <description> - Return the visibility AABB. + Returns the visibility AABB. </description> </method> <method name="get_instance_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -37,7 +35,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="instance" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the custom data that has been set for a specific instance. + Returns the custom data that has been set for a specific instance. </description> </method> <method name="get_instance_transform" qualifiers="const"> @@ -46,7 +44,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="instance" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the transform of a specific instance. + Returns the [Transform] of a specific instance. </description> </method> <method name="get_instance_transform_2d" qualifiers="const"> @@ -55,6 +53,18 @@ <argument index="0" name="instance" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Returns the [Transform2D] of a specific instance. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_as_bulk_array"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="array" type="PoolRealArray"> + </argument> + <description> + Set all data related to the instances in one go. This is especially useful when loading the data from disk or preparing the data from GDNative. + All data is packed in one large float array. An array may look like this: Transform for instance 1, color data for instance 1, custom data for instance 1, transform for instance 2, color data for instance 2, etc... + [Transform] is stored as 12 floats, [Transform2D] is stored as 8 floats, COLOR_8BIT / CUSTOM_DATA_8BIT is stored as 1 float (4 bytes as is) and COLOR_FLOAT / CUSTOM_DATA_FLOAT is stored as 4 floats. </description> </method> <method name="set_instance_color"> @@ -88,7 +98,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform"> </argument> <description> - Set the transform for a specific instance. + Set the [Transform] for a specific instance. </description> </method> <method name="set_instance_transform_2d"> @@ -99,6 +109,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="transform" type="Transform2D"> </argument> <description> + Set the [Transform2D] for a specific instance. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -110,7 +121,7 @@ Format of custom data in custom data array that gets passed to shader. </member> <member name="instance_count" type="int" setter="set_instance_count" getter="get_instance_count"> - Number of instances that will get drawn. + Number of instances that will get drawn. This clears and (re)sizes the buffers. By default all instances are drawn but you can limit this with [member visible_instance_count]. </member> <member name="mesh" type="Mesh" setter="set_mesh" getter="get_mesh"> Mesh to be drawn. @@ -118,6 +129,9 @@ <member name="transform_format" type="int" setter="set_transform_format" getter="get_transform_format" enum="MultiMesh.TransformFormat"> Format of transform used to transform mesh, either 2D or 3D. </member> + <member name="visible_instance_count" type="int" setter="set_visible_instance_count" getter="get_visible_instance_count"> + Limits the number of instances drawn, -1 draws all instances. Changing this does not change the sizes of the buffers. + </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="TRANSFORM_2D" value="0" enum="TransformFormat"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml b/doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml index 68c415af22..70834d6085 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/animating_thousands_of_fish.html</link> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/using_multi_mesh_instance.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml index 4e7f6c5b17..7b5794bbfc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Mutex.xml b/doc/classes/Mutex.xml index cee38c4f86..73c0a53f59 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Mutex.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Mutex.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="lock"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Navigation.xml b/doc/classes/Navigation.xml index baa3ca57fa..3690c1d682 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Navigation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Navigation.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_closest_point"> <return type="Vector3"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml b/doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml index 6dd26ccf71..67b5d72182 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_closest_point"> <return type="Vector2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml index 0e093992ba..79ad7f63ae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_polygon"> <return type="void"> @@ -31,6 +29,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_polygon"> <return type="PoolIntArray"> </return> @@ -51,6 +57,16 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_vertices"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -87,6 +103,10 @@ </member> <member name="filter/low_hanging_obstacles" type="bool" setter="set_filter_low_hanging_obstacles" getter="get_filter_low_hanging_obstacles"> </member> + <member name="geometry/collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask"> + </member> + <member name="geometry/parsed_geometry_type" type="int" setter="set_parsed_geometry_type" getter="get_parsed_geometry_type"> + </member> <member name="polygon/verts_per_poly" type="float" setter="set_verts_per_poly" getter="get_verts_per_poly"> </member> <member name="region/merge_size" type="float" setter="set_region_merge_size" getter="get_region_merge_size"> @@ -103,5 +123,11 @@ </constant> <constant name="SAMPLE_PARTITION_LAYERS" value="2"> </constant> + <constant name="PARSED_GEOMETRY_MESH_INSTANCES" value="0"> + </constant> + <constant name="PARSED_GEOMETRY_STATIC_COLLIDERS" value="1"> + </constant> + <constant name="PARSED_GEOMETRY_BOTH" value="2"> + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml index 1e94292c48..3b11005e38 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml index 099ffbc429..2630ae1377 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml @@ -25,8 +25,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_outline"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationPolygonInstance.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationPolygonInstance.xml index ae4db14a37..e566e25336 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationPolygonInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationPolygonInstance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml b/doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml index 2119aea05f..e5cadb6ffe 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/networking/high_level_multiplayer.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_connection_status" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.ConnectionStatus"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Nil.xml b/doc/classes/Nil.xml index 1e29da047b..a5c1ade6ed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Nil.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Nil.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Nil"> <argument index="0" name="from" type="PoolColorArray"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml b/doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml index c8574d9c3a..3095da14be 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node.xml b/doc/classes/Node.xml index 646b921743..1fb2e7350f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node.xml @@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/scenes_and_nodes.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_enter_tree" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> @@ -42,6 +40,8 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> + The string returned from this method is displayed as a warning in the "Scene Dock" if the script that overrides it is a [code]tool[/code] script. + Returning an empty string produces no warning. </description> </method> <method name="_input" qualifiers="virtual"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node2D.xml b/doc/classes/Node2D.xml index e6bb35cf0f..1b97f3267f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/custom_drawing_in_2d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="apply_scale"> <return type="void"> @@ -65,7 +63,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="scaled" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Applies a local translation on the node's X axis based on the [method Node._process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is false, normalizes the movement. + Applies a local translation on the node's X axis based on the [method Node._process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is [code]false[/code], normalizes the movement. </description> </method> <method name="move_local_y"> @@ -76,7 +74,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="scaled" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Applies a local translation on the node's Y axis based on the [method Node._process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is false, normalizes the movement. + Applies a local translation on the node's Y axis based on the [method Node._process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is [code]false[/code], normalizes the movement. </description> </method> <method name="rotate"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NodePath.xml b/doc/classes/NodePath.xml index 8bec19bbd3..554858d895 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NodePath.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NodePath.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="NodePath"> <return type="NodePath"> @@ -70,14 +68,14 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if the node path is absolute (not relative). + Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is absolute (not relative). </description> </method> <method name="is_empty"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if the node path is empty. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is empty. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/OS.xml b/doc/classes/OS.xml index 0cd2e2b708..dd0fcd63e7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OS.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="alert"> <return type="void"> @@ -99,6 +97,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="3" name="output" type="Array" default="[ ]"> </argument> + <argument index="4" name="read_stderr" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Execute the file at the given path with the arguments passed as an array of strings. Platform path resolution will take place. The resolved file must exist and be executable. The arguments are used in the given order and separated by a space, so [code]OS.execute('ping', ['-w', '3', 'godotengine.org'], false)[/code] will resolve to [code]ping -w 3 godotengine.org[/code] in the system's shell. @@ -699,7 +699,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="icon" type="Image"> </argument> <description> - Sets the game's icon. + Sets the game's icon using an [Image] resource. + The same image is used for window caption, taskbar/dock and window selection dialog. Image is scaled as needed. </description> </method> <method name="set_ime_active"> @@ -720,6 +721,17 @@ Sets position of IME suggestion list popup (in window coordinates). </description> </method> + <method name="set_native_icon"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="filename" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the game's icon using a multi-size platform-specific icon file ([code]*.ico[/code] on Windows and [code]*.icns[/code] on macOS). + Appropriate size sub-icons are used for window caption, taskbar/dock and window selection dialog. + Note: This method is only implemented on macOS and Windows. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_thread_name"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Object.xml b/doc/classes/Object.xml index f76038fd69..c9910360ed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Object.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Object.xml @@ -4,17 +4,15 @@ Base class for all non built-in types. </brief_description> <description> - Base class for all non built-in types. Everything which is not a built-in type starts the inheritance chain from this class. - Objects can be constructed from scripting languages, using [code]Object.new()[/code] in GDScript, [code]new Object[/code] in C#, or the "Construct Object" node in VisualScript. - Objects do not manage memory, if inheriting from one the object will most likely have to be deleted manually (call the [method free] function from the script or delete from C++). - Some derivatives add memory management, such as [Reference] (which keeps a reference count and deletes itself automatically when no longer referenced) and [Node], which deletes the children tree when deleted. + Every class which is not a built-in type inherits from this class. + You can construct Objects from scripting languages, using [code]Object.new()[/code] in GDScript, [code]new Object[/code] in C#, or the "Construct Object" node in VisualScript. + Objects do not manage memory. If a class inherits from Object, you will have to delete instances of it manually. To do so, call the [method free] method from your script or delete the instance from C++. + Some classes that extend Object add memory management. This is the case of [Reference], which counts references and deletes itself automatically when no longer referenced. [Node], another fundamental type, deletes all its children when freed from memory. Objects export properties, which are mainly useful for storage and editing, but not really so much in programming. Properties are exported in [method _get_property_list] and handled in [method _get] and [method _set]. However, scripting languages and C++ have simpler means to export them. - Objects also receive notifications ([method _notification]). Notifications are a simple way to notify the object about simple events, so they can all be handled together. + Objects also receive notifications. Notifications are a simple way to notify the object about simple events, so they can all be handled together. See [method _notification]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_get" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Variant"> @@ -59,6 +57,14 @@ Sets a property. Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]property[/code] exists. </description> </method> + <method name="_to_string" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a [String] representing the object. Default is [code]"[ClassName:RID]"[/code]. + Override this method to customize the [String] representation of the object when it's being converted to a string, for example: [code]print(obj)[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="add_user_signal"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -120,7 +126,9 @@ <argument index="4" name="flags" type="int" default="0"> </argument> <description> - Connects a [code]signal[/code] to a [code]method[/code] on a [code]target[/code] object. Pass optional [code]binds[/code] to the call. Use [code]flags[/code] to set deferred or one shot connections. See [code]CONNECT_*[/code] constants. A [code]signal[/code] can only be connected once to a [code]method[/code]. It will throw an error if already connected. To avoid this, first use [method is_connected] to check for existing connections. + Connects a [code]signal[/code] to a [code]method[/code] on a [code]target[/code] object. Pass optional [code]binds[/code] to the call. Use [code]flags[/code] to set deferred or one shot connections. See [code]CONNECT_*[/code] constants. + A [code]signal[/code] can only be connected once to a [code]method[/code]. It will throw an error if already connected. To avoid this, first, use [method is_connected] to check for existing connections. + If the [code]target[/code] is destroyed in the game's lifecycle, the connection will be lost. </description> </method> <method name="disconnect"> @@ -134,6 +142,7 @@ </argument> <description> Disconnects a [code]signal[/code] from a [code]method[/code] on the given [code]target[/code]. + If you try to disconnect a connection that does not exist, the method will throw an error. Use [method is_connected] to ensure that the connection exists. </description> </method> <method name="emit_signal" qualifiers="vararg"> @@ -329,6 +338,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="remove_meta"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -346,7 +363,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="enable" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - If set to true, signal emission is blocked. + If set to [code]true[/code], signal emission is blocked. </description> </method> <method name="set_deferred"> @@ -375,7 +392,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="enable" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Define whether the object can translate strings (with calls to [method tr]). Default is true. + Define whether the object can translate strings (with calls to [method tr]). Default is [code]true[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_meta"> @@ -398,6 +415,14 @@ Set a script into the object, scripts extend the object functionality. </description> </method> + <method name="to_string"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a [String] representing the object. Default is [code]"[ClassName:RID]"[/code]. + Override the method [method _to_string] to customize the [String] representation. + </description> + </method> <method name="tr" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml b/doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml index 6d8d9d9a70..f1d7d55cb9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/OmniLight.xml b/doc/classes/OmniLight.xml index 649c4c08f0..408018fdcb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OmniLight.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OmniLight.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/lights_and_shadows.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml b/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml index 28fd8deba8..1f714656de 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_icon_item"> <return type="void"> @@ -53,7 +51,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of items in the OptionButton. + Returns the amount of items in the OptionButton. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the icon of the item at index "idx". + Returns the icon of the item at index "idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_item_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -71,7 +69,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the ID of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. + Returns the ID of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_index" qualifiers="const"> @@ -80,7 +78,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the index of the item with the given [code]id[/code]. + Returns the index of the item with the given [code]id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_metadata" qualifiers="const"> @@ -97,14 +95,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the text of the item at index "idx". + Returns the text of the item at index "idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_popup" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PopupMenu"> </return> <description> - Return the [PopupMenu] contained in this button. + Returns the [PopupMenu] contained in this button. </description> </method> <method name="get_selected_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -204,14 +202,14 @@ </members> <signals> <signal name="item_focused"> - <argument index="0" name="ID" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> This signal is emitted when user navigated to an item using [code]ui_up[/code] or [code]ui_down[/code] action. ID of the item selected is passed as argument. </description> </signal> <signal name="item_selected"> - <argument index="0" name="ID" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> This signal is emitted when the current item was changed by the user. Index of the item selected is passed as argument. diff --git a/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml b/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml index 83610c82f0..f3091a3e3f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_file"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml b/doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml index 2dcbdc80e1..7c771b6b04 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="generate"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedDataContainer.xml b/doc/classes/PackedDataContainer.xml index 087674a64a..f230953aac 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedDataContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedDataContainer.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="pack"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedDataContainerRef.xml b/doc/classes/PackedDataContainerRef.xml index a9545d40e7..8623ff7843 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedDataContainerRef.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedDataContainerRef.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml b/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml index 531fd4006c..777e5221ed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml @@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="can_instance" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml index 3cc7ed1f84..4109d9d462 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_available_packet_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the number of packets currently available in the ring-buffer. + Returns the number of packets currently available in the ring-buffer. </description> </method> <method name="get_packet"> @@ -29,7 +27,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> <description> - Return the error state of the last packet received (via [method get_packet] and [method get_var]). + Returns the error state of the last packet received (via [method get_packet] and [method get_var]). </description> </method> <method name="get_var"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml index 5fb5aea46e..20e5e570ac 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml index b535b6d892..9843c16108 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="close"> <return type="void"> @@ -22,21 +20,21 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Return the IP of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var]). + Returns the IP of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var]). </description> </method> <method name="get_packet_port" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the port of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var]). + Returns the port of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var]). </description> </method> <method name="is_listening" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return whether this [PacketPeerUDP] is listening. + Returns whether this [PacketPeerUDP] is listening. </description> </method> <method name="listen"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Panel.xml b/doc/classes/Panel.xml index 483f31dbc2..c9c3f80e7b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Panel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Panel.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> @@ -17,9 +15,5 @@ <theme_items> <theme_item name="panel" type="StyleBox"> </theme_item> - <theme_item name="panelf" type="StyleBox"> - </theme_item> - <theme_item name="panelnc" type="StyleBox"> - </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml b/doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml index 681777119c..64fae6d95c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml b/doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml index 664b867c13..30d15c030a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml b/doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml index 911d6377d5..6c9d5de945 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml b/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml index 5ca3c9b4ae..993f38c31a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Particles.xml b/doc/classes/Particles.xml index aa64461f38..0023fce97d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Particles.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Particles.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/controlling_thousands_of_fish.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="capture_aabb" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Particles2D.xml b/doc/classes/Particles2D.xml index ec7c49ae45..de4877b639 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Particles2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Particles2D.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/particle_systems_2d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="capture_rect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml index ab6eb5e656..dd7a7cd151 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -216,14 +214,19 @@ Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set animation offset properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_MAX" value="12" enum="Parameter"> + Represents the size of the [enum Parameter] enum. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_ALIGN_Y_TO_VELOCITY" value="0" enum="Flags"> Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_align_y]. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_ROTATE_Y" value="1" enum="Flags"> - Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_rotate_y] + Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_rotate_y]. + </constant> + <constant name="FLAG_DISABLE_Z" value="2" enum="Flags"> + Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_disable_z]. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_MAX" value="3" enum="Flags"> + Represents the size of the [enum Flags] enum. </constant> <constant name="EMISSION_SHAPE_POINT" value="0" enum="EmissionShape"> All particles will be emitted from a single point. diff --git a/doc/classes/Path.xml b/doc/classes/Path.xml index f490b2c36e..1b553dbc02 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Path.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Path.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Path2D.xml b/doc/classes/Path2D.xml index 4f36fbf275..ce15b3eab2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Path2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Path2D.xml @@ -5,11 +5,10 @@ </brief_description> <description> Can have [PathFollow2D] child-nodes moving along the [Curve2D]. See [PathFollow2D] for more information on this usage. + Note that the path is considered as relative to the moved nodes (children of [PathFollow2D]) - usually the curve should start with a zero vector (0, 0). </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PathFollow.xml b/doc/classes/PathFollow.xml index 651b2c1ab2..ba27ca04eb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PathFollow.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PathFollow.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml b/doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml index dc89a03610..6f38b9f08d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Performance.xml b/doc/classes/Performance.xml index 4ee43d5760..3860511615 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Performance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Performance.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_monitor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> @@ -57,58 +55,60 @@ Number of resources currently used. </constant> <constant name="OBJECT_NODE_COUNT" value="10" enum="Monitor"> - Number of nodes currently instanced. This also includes the root node, as well as any nodes not in the scene tree. + Number of nodes currently instanced in the scene tree. This also includes the root node. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_OBJECTS_IN_FRAME" value="11" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="OBJECT_ORPHAN_NODE_COUNT" value="11" enum="Monitor"> + </constant> + <constant name="RENDER_OBJECTS_IN_FRAME" value="12" enum="Monitor"> 3D objects drawn per frame. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_VERTICES_IN_FRAME" value="12" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_VERTICES_IN_FRAME" value="13" enum="Monitor"> Vertices drawn per frame. 3D only. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_MATERIAL_CHANGES_IN_FRAME" value="13" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_MATERIAL_CHANGES_IN_FRAME" value="14" enum="Monitor"> Material changes per frame. 3D only </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_SHADER_CHANGES_IN_FRAME" value="14" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_SHADER_CHANGES_IN_FRAME" value="15" enum="Monitor"> Shader changes per frame. 3D only. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_SURFACE_CHANGES_IN_FRAME" value="15" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_SURFACE_CHANGES_IN_FRAME" value="16" enum="Monitor"> Render surface changes per frame. 3D only. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_DRAW_CALLS_IN_FRAME" value="16" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_DRAW_CALLS_IN_FRAME" value="17" enum="Monitor"> Draw calls per frame. 3D only. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_VIDEO_MEM_USED" value="17" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_VIDEO_MEM_USED" value="18" enum="Monitor"> Video memory used. Includes both texture and vertex memory. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_TEXTURE_MEM_USED" value="18" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_TEXTURE_MEM_USED" value="19" enum="Monitor"> Texture memory used. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_VERTEX_MEM_USED" value="19" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_VERTEX_MEM_USED" value="20" enum="Monitor"> Vertex memory used. </constant> - <constant name="RENDER_USAGE_VIDEO_MEM_TOTAL" value="20" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="RENDER_USAGE_VIDEO_MEM_TOTAL" value="21" enum="Monitor"> </constant> - <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_ACTIVE_OBJECTS" value="21" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_ACTIVE_OBJECTS" value="22" enum="Monitor"> Number of active [RigidBody2D] nodes in the game. </constant> - <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_COLLISION_PAIRS" value="22" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_COLLISION_PAIRS" value="23" enum="Monitor"> Number of collision pairs in the 2D physics engine. </constant> - <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_ISLAND_COUNT" value="23" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_ISLAND_COUNT" value="24" enum="Monitor"> Number of islands in the 2D physics engine. </constant> - <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_ACTIVE_OBJECTS" value="24" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_ACTIVE_OBJECTS" value="25" enum="Monitor"> Number of active [RigidBody] and [VehicleBody] nodes in the game. </constant> - <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_COLLISION_PAIRS" value="25" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_COLLISION_PAIRS" value="26" enum="Monitor"> Number of collision pairs in the 3D physics engine. </constant> - <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_ISLAND_COUNT" value="26" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_ISLAND_COUNT" value="27" enum="Monitor"> Number of islands in the 3D physics engine. </constant> - <constant name="AUDIO_OUTPUT_LATENCY" value="27" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="AUDIO_OUTPUT_LATENCY" value="28" enum="Monitor"> </constant> - <constant name="MONITOR_MAX" value="28" enum="Monitor"> + <constant name="MONITOR_MAX" value="29" enum="Monitor"> </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone.xml index 29e6991a21..bf379afab8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_bone_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml index e2d5886d87..1fd578ecd8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_central_force"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyStateSW.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyStateSW.xml index 6f388443e9..8aeea560c3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyStateSW.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyStateSW.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml index 6aa14bd087..040d7d05c3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="cast_motion"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml index bea2c88a3e..172420e4ca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="area_add_shape"> <return type="void"> @@ -20,6 +18,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform2D" default="Transform2D( 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 )"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Adds a shape to the area, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index. </description> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="disable" type="bool"> + <argument index="2" name="disabled" type="bool"> </argument> <description> Disables a given shape in an area. @@ -348,6 +348,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform2D" default="Transform2D( 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 )"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Adds a shape to the body, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index. </description> @@ -748,7 +750,7 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="disable" type="bool"> + <argument index="2" name="disabled" type="bool"> </argument> <description> Disables shape in body if [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code]. diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DServerSW.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DServerSW.xml index 23e708af61..e478a33e2c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DServerSW.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DServerSW.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml index 9375bdbbf8..43d9b71c94 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="set_shape"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryResult.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryResult.xml index 89f45437ab..dd38b488f5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryResult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryResult.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_result_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Physics2DTestMotionResult.xml b/doc/classes/Physics2DTestMotionResult.xml index 9fe3564e70..a0f8a1ca4c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Physics2DTestMotionResult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Physics2DTestMotionResult.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml index 827a3e01dc..fc4f2e18fd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_collision_exception_with"> <return type="void"> @@ -34,7 +32,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. + Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> @@ -43,7 +41,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. + Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> @@ -63,7 +61,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the layer mask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Sets individual bits on the [member collision_layer] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> @@ -74,18 +72,20 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the collision mask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Sets individual bits on the [member collision_mask] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer"> The physics layers this area is in. - Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask property. + Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the [member collision_mask] property. A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. + Default value: 1 (the first layer/bit is enabled). </member> <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask"> The physics layers this area scans for collisions. + Default value: 1 (the first layer/bit is enabled). </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml index 1735e572fb..a5024c2432 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_collision_exception_with"> <return type="void"> @@ -34,7 +32,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. + Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> @@ -43,7 +41,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. + Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> @@ -63,7 +61,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the layer mask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Sets individual bits on the [member collision_layer] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_mask_bit"> @@ -74,18 +72,20 @@ <argument index="1" name="value" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Sets individual bits on the collision mask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. + Sets individual bits on the [member collision_mask] bitmask. Use this if you only need to change one layer's value. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer"> The physics layers this area is in. - Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask property. + Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the [member collision_mask] property. A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. + Default value: 1 (the first layer/bit is enabled). </member> <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask"> The physics layers this area scans for collisions. + Default value: 1 (the first layer/bit is enabled). </member> <member name="layers" type="int" setter="_set_layers" getter="_get_layers"> Both [member collision_layer] and [member collision_mask]. Returns [member collision_layer] when accessed. Updates [member collision_layer] and [member collision_mask] when modified. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml index 89fb785659..e556e8037a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_central_force"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml index a029b7d37b..1a3324bf0e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="cast_motion"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml index 80ae115418..b507b4f9f5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml index d8238a7af7..78a6ed8ac0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="area_add_shape"> <return type="void"> @@ -20,6 +18,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Adds a shape to the area, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index. </description> @@ -248,6 +248,18 @@ Substitutes a given area shape by another. The old shape is selected by its index, the new one by its [RID]. </description> </method> + <method name="area_set_shape_disabled"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="area" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="disabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="area_set_shape_transform"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -336,6 +348,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="disabled" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Adds a shape to the body, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index. </description> @@ -752,6 +766,18 @@ Substitutes a given body shape by another. The old shape is selected by its index, the new one by its [RID]. </description> </method> + <method name="body_set_shape_disabled"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="shape_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="disabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="body_set_shape_transform"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml index 75e0cdfb73..c1f8b48d73 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="set_shape"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryResult.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryResult.xml index 41c04970d7..92a4393979 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryResult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryResult.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_result_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PinJoint.xml b/doc/classes/PinJoint.xml index 3c705a9e01..4546377171 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PinJoint.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PinJoint.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml b/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml index e7a89654d9..4a11ce30e1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Plane.xml b/doc/classes/Plane.xml index 4a7a099800..a5e5c7022f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Plane.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Plane.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/math/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Plane"> <return type="Plane"> @@ -82,7 +80,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="epsilon" type="float" default="0.00001"> </argument> <description> - Returns true if "point" is inside the plane (by a very minimum threshold). + Returns [code]true[/code] if "point" is inside the plane (by a very minimum threshold). </description> </method> <method name="intersect_3"> @@ -124,7 +122,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Returns true if "point" is located above the plane. + Returns [code]true[/code] if "point" is located above the plane. </description> </method> <method name="normalized"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml b/doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml index a5ad82f777..a507f9f145 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]. </brief_description> <description> - Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a thickness. + Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a thickness. By default, this mesh is aligned on the X and Z axes; this default rotation isn't suited for use with billboarded materials. For billboarded materials, use [QuadMesh] instead. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -17,10 +15,10 @@ Size of the generated plane. Defaults to (2.0, 2.0). </member> <member name="subdivide_depth" type="int" setter="set_subdivide_depth" getter="get_subdivide_depth"> - Number of subdivision along the z-axis. Defaults to 0. + Number of subdivision along the Z axis. Defaults to 0. </member> <member name="subdivide_width" type="int" setter="set_subdivide_width" getter="get_subdivide_width"> - Number of subdivision along the x-axis. Defaults to 0. + Number of subdivision along the X axis. Defaults to 0. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml b/doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml index 6468c86bbf..83d8b09280 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml b/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml index 515a0fc017..8f434e5499 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_bone"> <return type="void"> @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ <member name="texture_offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_texture_offset" getter="get_texture_offset"> Amount to offset the polygon's [code]texture[/code]. If [code](0, 0)[/code] the texture's origin (its top-left corner) will be placed at the polygon's [code]position[/code]. </member> - <member name="texture_rotation" type="float" setter="set_texture_rotation_degrees" getter="get_texture_rotation_degrees"> + <member name="texture_rotation" type="float" setter="set_texture_rotation" getter="get_texture_rotation"> The texture's rotation in radians. </member> <member name="texture_rotation_degrees" type="float" setter="set_texture_rotation_degrees" getter="get_texture_rotation_degrees"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PolygonPathFinder.xml b/doc/classes/PolygonPathFinder.xml index 504acf2125..7286857b51 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PolygonPathFinder.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PolygonPathFinder.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="find_path"> <return type="PoolVector2Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml b/doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml index d197f0c600..cb99b660ae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolByteArray"> <return type="PoolByteArray"> @@ -114,11 +112,18 @@ Change the byte at the given index. </description> </method> + <method name="sha256_string"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns SHA256 string of the PoolByteArray. + </description> + </method> <method name="size"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the array. + Returns the size of the array. </description> </method> <method name="subarray"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml b/doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml index bcbc1697ba..efc3582ba4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolColorArray"> <return type="PoolColorArray"> @@ -84,7 +82,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the array. + Returns the size of the array. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml b/doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml index 72300345bc..fca1083c25 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolIntArray"> <return type="PoolIntArray"> @@ -84,7 +82,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the array size. + Returns the array size. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml b/doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml index cdcd3e1353..c5f6062175 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolRealArray"> <return type="PoolRealArray"> @@ -84,7 +82,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the array. + Returns the size of the array. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml b/doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml index f494c151b7..01dca93be3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolStringArray"> <return type="PoolStringArray"> @@ -93,7 +91,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the array. + Returns the size of the array. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml b/doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml index 2ba184bd88..45f619dc5d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolVector2Array"> <return type="PoolVector2Array"> @@ -84,7 +82,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the array. + Returns the size of the array. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml b/doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml index ed62220ad6..0a682e2baf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="PoolVector3Array"> <return type="PoolVector3Array"> @@ -84,7 +82,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the size of the array. + Returns the size of the array. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Popup.xml b/doc/classes/Popup.xml index 095993a56e..e1b51463b2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Popup.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Popup.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="popup"> <return type="void"> @@ -29,6 +27,17 @@ Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative to its current canvas transform, at the current size, or at a size determined by "size". </description> </method> + <method name="popup_centered_clamped"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="fallback_ratio" type="float" default="0.75"> + </argument> + <description> + Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative to the current canvas transform, clamping the size to [code]size[/code], then ensuring the popup is no larger than the viewport size multiplied by [code]fallback_ratio[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="popup_centered_minsize"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml b/doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml index 0aebfb7712..b510208ae2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml index 5b0ea5ef59..d6249f73aa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_check_item"> <return type="void"> @@ -180,14 +178,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the accelerator of the item at index "idx". Accelerators are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control is focused. + Returns the accelerator of the item at index "idx". Accelerators are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control is focused. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of items. + Returns the amount of items. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -196,7 +194,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the icon of the item at index "idx". + Returns the icon of the item at index "idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_item_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -205,7 +203,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the id of the item at index "idx". + Returns the id of the item at index "idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_item_index" qualifiers="const"> @@ -223,7 +221,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the metadata of an item, which might be of any type. You can set it with [method set_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of assigning context data to items. + Returns the metadata of an item, which might be of any type. You can set it with [method set_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of assigning context data to items. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_shortcut" qualifiers="const"> @@ -240,7 +238,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the submenu name of the item at index "idx". + Returns the submenu name of the item at index "idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_item_text" qualifiers="const"> @@ -249,7 +247,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the text of the item at index "idx". + Returns the text of the item at index "idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_item_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> @@ -272,7 +270,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the item at index "idx" is checkable in some way, i.e., whether has a checkbox or radio button. Note that checkable items just display a checkmark or radio button, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. + Returns whether the item at index "idx" is checkable in some way, i.e., whether has a checkbox or radio button. Note that checkable items just display a checkmark or radio button, but don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_checked" qualifiers="const"> @@ -281,7 +279,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the item at index "idx" is checked. + Returns whether the item at index "idx" is checked. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_disabled" qualifiers="const"> @@ -290,7 +288,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the item at index "idx" is disabled. When it is disabled it can't be selected, or its action invoked. + Returns whether the item at index "idx" is disabled. When it is disabled it can't be selected, or its action invoked. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_radio_checkable" qualifiers="const"> @@ -299,7 +297,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the item at index "idx" has radio-button-style checkability. Remember this is just cosmetic and you have to add the logic for checking/unchecking items in radio groups. + Returns whether the item at index "idx" has radio-button-style checkability. Remember this is just cosmetic and you have to add the logic for checking/unchecking items in radio groups. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_separator" qualifiers="const"> @@ -308,7 +306,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return whether the item is a separator. If it is, it would be displayed as a line. + Returns whether the item is a separator. If it is, it would be displayed as a line. </description> </method> <method name="is_item_shortcut_disabled" qualifiers="const"> @@ -517,6 +515,9 @@ </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="allow_search" type="bool" setter="set_allow_search" getter="get_allow_search"> + If [code]true[/code], allows to navigate [PopupMenu] with letter keys. Default value: [code]false[/code]. + </member> <member name="hide_on_checkable_item_selection" type="bool" setter="set_hide_on_checkable_item_selection" getter="is_hide_on_checkable_item_selection"> </member> <member name="hide_on_item_selection" type="bool" setter="set_hide_on_item_selection" getter="is_hide_on_item_selection"> @@ -529,14 +530,14 @@ </members> <signals> <signal name="id_focused"> - <argument index="0" name="ID" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> This event is emitted when user navigated to an item of some id using [code]ui_up[/code] or [code]ui_down[/code] action. </description> </signal> <signal name="id_pressed"> - <argument index="0" name="ID" type="int"> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> </argument> <description> This event is emitted when an item of some id is pressed or its accelerator is activated. diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml b/doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml index 58b9f3fcf4..bed4d97112 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Position2D.xml b/doc/classes/Position2D.xml index 9bbfbdbc15..916bd99131 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Position2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Position2D.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Generic 2D Position hint for editing. </brief_description> <description> - Generic 2D Position hint for editing. It's just like a plain [Node2D] but displays as a cross in the 2D-Editor at all times. + Generic 2D Position hint for editing. It's just like a plain [Node2D] but displays as a cross in the 2D-Editor at all times. You can set visual size of the cross by changing Gizmo Extents in the inspector. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Position3D.xml b/doc/classes/Position3D.xml index d563898d93..247f1fb6a3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Position3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Position3D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml index 9003a3377b..c9c3643edb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_mesh_arrays" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml b/doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml index 4bbbc959d1..62f1278bba 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml @@ -8,25 +8,23 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> <member name="left_to_right" type="float" setter="set_left_to_right" getter="get_left_to_right"> - Displacement of the upper edge along the x-axis. 0.0 positions edge straight above the bottome left edge. Defaults to 0.5 (positioned on the midpoint). + Displacement of the upper edge along the X axis. 0.0 positions edge straight above the bottom-left edge. Defaults to 0.5 (positioned on the midpoint). </member> <member name="size" type="Vector3" setter="set_size" getter="get_size"> Size of the prism. Defaults to (2.0, 2.0, 2.0). </member> <member name="subdivide_depth" type="int" setter="set_subdivide_depth" getter="get_subdivide_depth"> - Number of added edge loops along the z-axis. Defaults to 0. + Number of added edge loops along the Z axis. Defaults to 0. </member> <member name="subdivide_height" type="int" setter="set_subdivide_height" getter="get_subdivide_height"> - Number of added edge loops along the y-axis. Defaults to 0. + Number of added edge loops along the Y axis. Defaults to 0. </member> <member name="subdivide_width" type="int" setter="set_subdivide_width" getter="get_subdivide_width"> - Number of added edge loops along the x-axis. Defaults to 0. + Number of added edge loops along the X axis. Defaults to 0. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml b/doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml index 16c5bb423d..97ad1efa93 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml b/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml index 848140bd34..98d7e5c128 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index ee3f3260d7..5bcd39a8d6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Contains global variables accessible from everywhere. </brief_description> <description> - Contains global variables accessible from everywhere. Use "ProjectSettings.get_setting(variable)", "ProjectSettings.set_setting(variable,value)" or "ProjectSettings.has_setting(variable)" to access them. Variables stored in project.godot are also loaded into ProjectSettings, making this object very useful for reading custom game configuration options. + Contains global variables accessible from everywhere. Use [method get_setting], [method set_setting] or [method has_setting] to access them. Variables stored in [code]project.godot[/code] are also loaded into ProjectSettings, making this object very useful for reading custom game configuration options. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_property_info"> <return type="void"> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="hint" type="Dictionary"> </argument> <description> - Add a custom property info to a property. The dictionary must contain: name:[String](the name of the property) and type:[int](see TYPE_* in [@GlobalScope]), and optionally hint:[int](see PROPERTY_HINT_* in [@GlobalScope]), hint_string:[String]. + Adds a custom property info to a property. The dictionary must contain: name:[String](the property's name) and type:[int](see TYPE_* in [@GlobalScope]), and optionally hint:[int](see PROPERTY_HINT_* in [@GlobalScope]), hint_string:[String]. Example: [codeblock] ProjectSettings.set("category/property_name", 0) @@ -39,7 +37,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Clear the whole configuration (not recommended, may break things). + Clears the whole configuration (not recommended, may break things). </description> </method> <method name="get_order" qualifiers="const"> @@ -48,7 +46,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the config file). + Returns the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the config file). </description> </method> <method name="get_setting" qualifiers="const"> @@ -65,7 +63,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Convert a localized path (res://) to a full native OS path. + Converts a localized path ([code]res://[/code]) to a full native OS path. </description> </method> <method name="has_setting" qualifiers="const"> @@ -74,7 +72,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return true if a configuration value is present. + Returns [code]true[/code] if a configuration value is present. </description> </method> <method name="load_resource_pack"> @@ -83,7 +81,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="pack" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Loads the contents of the .pck or .zip file specified by [code]pack[/code] into the resource filesystem (res://). Returns true on success. + Loads the contents of the .pck or .zip file specified by [code]pack[/code] into the resource filesystem ([code]res://[/code]). Returns [code]true[/code] on success. Note: If a file from [code]pack[/code] shares the same path as a file already in the resource filesystem, any attempts to load that file will use the file from [code]pack[/code]. </description> </method> @@ -93,7 +91,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Convert a path to a localized path (res:// path). + Convert a path to a localized path ([code]res://[/code] path). </description> </method> <method name="property_can_revert"> @@ -102,7 +100,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns true if the specified property exists and its initial value differs from the current value. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified property exists and its initial value differs from the current value. </description> </method> <method name="property_get_revert"> @@ -111,14 +109,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns the initial value of the specified property. Returns null if the property does not exist. + Returns the specified property's initial value. Returns [code]null[/code] if the property does not exist. </description> </method> <method name="save"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> </return> <description> - Saves the configuration to the project.godot file. + Saves the configuration to the [code]project.godot[/code] file. </description> </method> <method name="save_custom"> @@ -148,7 +146,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="position" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Set the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the config file). + Sets the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the config file). </description> </method> <method name="set_setting"> @@ -170,62 +168,68 @@ Background color for the boot splash. </member> <member name="application/boot_splash/fullsize" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Scale the boot splash image to the full window length when engine starts (will leave it as default pixel size otherwise). + If [code]true[/code], scale the boot splash image to the full window length when engine starts. If [code]false[/code], the engine will leave it at the default pixel size. </member> <member name="application/boot_splash/image" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Path to an image used for boot splash. + Path to an image used as the boot splash. </member> <member name="application/config/custom_user_dir_name" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - This user directory is used for storing persistent data ([code]user://[/code] filesystem). By default (no custom name defined), [code]user://[/code] resolves to a project-specific folder in Godot's own configuration folder (see [method OS.get_user_data_dir]). If a custom directory name is defined, this name will be used instead and appended to the system-specific user data directory (same parent folder as the Godot configuration folder documented in [method OS.get_user_data_dir]). + This user directory is used for storing persistent data ([code]user://[/code] filesystem). If left empty, [code]user://[/code] resolves to a project-specific folder in Godot's own configuration folder (see [method OS.get_user_data_dir]). If a custom directory name is defined, this name will be used instead and appended to the system-specific user data directory (same parent folder as the Godot configuration folder documented in [method OS.get_user_data_dir]). The [member application/config/use_custom_user_dir] setting must be enabled for this to take effect. </member> <member name="application/config/icon" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Icon used for the project, set when project loads. Exporters will use this icon when possible to. + Icon used for the project, set when project loads. Exporters will also use this icon when possible. + </member> + <member name="application/config/macos_native_icon" type="String" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="application/config/name" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Name of the project. It is used from both project manager and by the exporters. Overriding this as name.locale allows setting it in multiple languages. + The project's name. It is used both by the Project Manager and by exporters. The project name can be translated by translating its value in localization files. </member> <member name="application/config/project_settings_override" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Specifies a file to override project settings. For example: [code]user://custom_settings.cfg[/code]. </member> <member name="application/config/use_custom_user_dir" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Allow the project to save to its own custom user dir (see [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name]). This setting only works for desktop platforms. A name must be set in the [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name] setting for this to take effect. + If [code]true[/code], the project will save user data to its own user directory (see [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name]). This setting is only effective on desktop platforms. A name must be set in the [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name] setting for this to take effect. If [code]false[/code], the project will save user data to [code](OS user data directory)/Godot/app_userdata/(project name)[/code]. + </member> + <member name="application/config/windows_native_icon" type="String" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="application/run/disable_stderr" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Disable printing to stderr on exported build. + If [code]true[/code], disables printing to standard error in an exported build. </member> <member name="application/run/disable_stdout" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Disable printing to stdout on exported build. + If [code]true[/code], disables printing to standard output in an exported build. </member> <member name="application/run/frame_delay_msec" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Force a delay between frames in the main loop. This may be useful if you plan to disable vsync. + Forces a delay between frames in the main loop (in milliseconds). This may be useful if you plan to disable vertical synchronization. </member> <member name="application/run/low_processor_mode" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Turn on low processor mode. This setting only works on desktops. The screen is not redrawn if nothing changes visually. This is meant for writing applications and editors, but is pretty useless (and can hurt performance) on games. + If [code]true[/code], enables low-processor usage mode. This setting only works on desktop platforms. The screen is not redrawn if nothing changes visually. This is meant for writing applications and editors, but is pretty useless (and can hurt performance) in most games. </member> <member name="application/run/low_processor_mode_sleep_usec" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Amount of sleeping between frames when the low_processor_mode is enabled. This effectively reduces CPU usage when this mode is enabled. + Amount of sleeping between frames when the low-processor usage mode is enabled (in microseconds). Higher values will result in lower CPU usage. </member> <member name="application/run/main_scene" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Path to the main scene file that will be loaded when the project runs. </member> <member name="audio/channel_disable_threshold_db" type="float" setter="" getter=""> - Audio buses will disable automatically when sound goes below a given DB threshold for a given time. This saves CPU as effects assigned to that bus will no longer do any processing. + Audio buses will disable automatically when sound goes below a given dB threshold for a given time. This saves CPU as effects assigned to that bus will no longer do any processing. </member> <member name="audio/channel_disable_time" type="float" setter="" getter=""> - Audio buses will disable automatically when sound goes below a given DB threshold for a given time. This saves CPU as effects assigned to that bus will no longer do any processing. + Audio buses will disable automatically when sound goes below a given dB threshold for a given time. This saves CPU as effects assigned to that bus will no longer do any processing. </member> <member name="audio/default_bus_layout" type="String" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="audio/driver" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + Specifies the audio driver to use. This setting is platform-dependent as each platform supports different audio drivers. If left empty, the default audio driver will be used. </member> <member name="audio/enable_audio_input" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - This option should be enabled if project works with microphone. + If [code]true[/code], microphone input will be allowed. This requires appropriate permissions to be set when exporting to Android or iOS. </member> <member name="audio/mix_rate" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Mix rate used for audio. In general, it's better to not touch this and leave it to the host operating system. + Mixing rate used for audio. In general, it's better to not touch this and leave it to the host operating system. </member> <member name="audio/output_latency" type="int" setter="" getter=""> + Output latency in milliseconds for audio. Lower values will result in lower audio latency at the cost of increased CPU usage. Low values may result in audible cracking on slower hardware. </member> <member name="audio/video_delay_compensation_ms" type="int" setter="" getter=""> Setting to hardcode audio delay when playing video. Best to leave this untouched unless you know what you are doing. @@ -234,73 +238,105 @@ Default compression level for gzip. Affects compressed scenes and resources. </member> <member name="compression/formats/zlib/compression_level" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Default compression level for zlib. Affects compressed scenes and resources. + Default compression level for Zlib. Affects compressed scenes and resources. </member> <member name="compression/formats/zstd/compression_level" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Default compression level for zstd. Affects compressed scenes and resources. + Default compression level for Zstandard. Affects compressed scenes and resources. </member> <member name="compression/formats/zstd/long_distance_matching" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Enable long distance matching in zstd. + Enables long-distance matching in Zstandard. </member> <member name="compression/formats/zstd/window_log_size" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/completion/autocomplete_setters_and_getters" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], displays getters and setters in autocompletion results in the script editor. This setting is meant to be used when porting old projects (Godot 2), as using member variables is the preferred style from Godot 3 onwards. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/constant_used_as_function" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a constant is used as a function. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/deprecated_keyword" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when deprecated keywords such as [code]slave[/code] are used. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/enable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables specific GDScript warnings (see [code]debug/gdscript/warnings/*[/code] settings). If [code]false[/code], disables all GDScript warnings. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/function_conflicts_constant" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function is declared with the same name as a constant. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/function_conflicts_variable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function is declared with the same name as a variable. This will turn into an error in a future version when first-class functions become supported in GDScript. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/function_may_yield" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function assigned to a variable may yield and return a function state instead of a value. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/function_used_as_property" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a function as if it was a property. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/incompatible_ternary" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a ternary operator may emit values with incompatible types. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/integer_division" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when dividing an integer by another integer (the decimal part will be discarded). </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/narrowing_conversion" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when passing a floating-point value to a function that expects an integer (it will be converted and lose precision). </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/property_used_as_function" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a property as if it was a function. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/return_value_discarded" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a function without using its return value (by assigning it to a variable or using it as a function argument). Such return values are sometimes used to denote possible errors using the [enum Error] enum. + </member> + <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/shadowed_variable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when defining a local or subclass member variable that would shadow a variable at an upper level (such as a member variable). </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/standalone_expression" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling an expression that has no effect on the surrounding code, such as writing [code]2 + 2[/code] as a statement. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/treat_warnings_as_errors" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], all warnings will be reported as if they were errors. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unassigned_variable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a variable that wasn't previously assigned. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unassigned_variable_op_assign" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when assigning a variable using an assignment operator like [code]+=[/code] if the variable wasn't previously assigned. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unreachable_code" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when unreachable code is detected (such as after a [code]return[/code] statement that will always be executed). </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unsafe_call_argument" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using an expression whose type may not be compatible with the function parameter expected. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unsafe_cast" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when performing an unsafe cast. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unsafe_method_access" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a method whose presence is not guaranteed at compile-time in the class. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unsafe_property_access" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when accessing a property whose presence is not guaranteed at compile-time in the class. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unused_argument" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function parameter is unused. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unused_class_variable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a member variable is unused. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unused_signal" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a signal is unused. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/unused_variable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a local variable is unused. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/variable_conflicts_function" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a variable is declared with the same name as a function. This will turn into an error in a future version when first-class functions become supported in GDScript. </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/void_assignment" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when assigning the result of a function that returns [code]void[/code] to a variable. </member> <member name="debug/settings/crash_handler/message" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + Message to be displayed before the backtrace when the engine crashes. </member> <member name="debug/settings/fps/force_fps" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -311,34 +347,34 @@ Maximum amount of functions per frame allowed when profiling. </member> <member name="debug/settings/stdout/print_fps" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Print frames per second to stdout. Not very useful in general. + Print frames per second to standard output every second. </member> <member name="debug/settings/stdout/verbose_stdout" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Print more information to stdout when running. It shows info such as memory leaks, which scenes and resources are being loaded, etc. + Print more information to standard output when running. It displays information such as memory leaks, which scenes and resources are being loaded, etc. </member> <member name="debug/settings/visual_script/max_call_stack" type="int" setter="" getter=""> Maximum call stack in visual scripting, to avoid infinite recursion. </member> <member name="display/mouse_cursor/custom_image" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Custom image for the mouse cursor. + Custom image for the mouse cursor (limited to 256x256). </member> <member name="display/mouse_cursor/custom_image_hotspot" type="Vector2" setter="" getter=""> Hotspot for the custom mouse cursor image. </member> <member name="display/mouse_cursor/tooltip_position_offset" type="Vector2" setter="" getter=""> - Position offset for tooltips, relative to the hotspot of the mouse cursor. + Position offset for tooltips, relative to the mouse cursor's hotspot. </member> <member name="display/window/dpi/allow_hidpi" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Allow HiDPI display on Windows and OSX. On Desktop Linux, this can't be enabled or disabled. + If [code]true[/code], allows HiDPI display on Windows and macOS. This setting has no effect on desktop Linux, as DPI-awareness fallbacks are not supported there. </member> <member name="display/window/energy_saving/keep_screen_on" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Force keep the screen on, so the screensaver does not take over. Works on Desktop and Mobile. + If [code]true[/code], keeps the screen on (even in case of inactivity), so the screensaver does not take over. Works on desktop and mobile platforms. </member> <member name="display/window/handheld/orientation" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Default orientation for cell phone or tablet. + Default orientation on mobile devices. </member> <member name="display/window/per_pixel_transparency/allowed" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Allow per pixel transparency in a Desktop window. This affects performance if not needed, so leave it off. + If [code]true[/code], allows per-pixel transparency in a desktop window. This affects performance if not needed, so leave it on [code]false[/code] unless you need it. </member> <member name="display/window/per_pixel_transparency/enabled" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -357,42 +393,44 @@ Set the main window height. On desktop, this is the default window size. Stretch mode settings use this also as a reference when enabled. </member> <member name="display/window/size/resizable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Allow the window to be resizable by default. + Allows the window to be resizable by default. </member> <member name="display/window/size/test_height" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Test a different height for the window. The main use for this is to test with stretch modes. + If greater than zero, uses a different height for the window when running from the editor. The main use for this is to test with stretch modes. </member> <member name="display/window/size/test_width" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Test a different width for the window. The main use for this is to test with stretch modes. + If greater than zero, uses a different width for the window when running from the editor. The main use for this is to test with stretch modes. </member> <member name="display/window/size/width" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Set the main window width. On desktop, this is the default window size. Stretch mode settings use this also as a reference when enabled. + Sets the main window width. On desktop platforms, this is the default window size. Stretch mode settings use this also as a reference when enabled. </member> <member name="display/window/vsync/use_vsync" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Use VSync. Don't be stupid, don't turn this off. + If [code]true[/code], enables vertical synchronization. This eliminates tearing that may appear in moving scenes, at the cost of higher input latency and stuttering at lower framerates. If [code]false[/code], vertical synchronization will be disabled, however, many platforms will enforce it regardless (such as mobile platforms and HTML5). </member> <member name="editor/active" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> Internal editor setting, don't touch. </member> + <member name="editor/search_in_file_extensions" type="PoolStringArray" setter="" getter=""> + </member> <member name="gui/common/default_scroll_deadzone" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="gui/common/swap_ok_cancel" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Enable swap OK and Cancel buttons on dialogs. This is because Windows/MacOS/Desktop Linux may use them in different order, so the GUI swaps them depending on the host OS. Disable this behavior by turning this setting off. + If [code]true[/code], swaps OK and Cancel buttons in dialogs on Windows and UWP to follow interface conventions. </member> <member name="gui/theme/custom" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Use a custom theme resource, set a path to it here. </member> <member name="gui/theme/custom_font" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - USe a custom default font resource, set a path to it here. + Use a custom default font resource, set a path to it here. </member> <member name="gui/theme/use_hidpi" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Make sure the theme used works with hidpi. + If [code]true[/code], makes sure the theme used works with HiDPI. </member> <member name="gui/timers/incremental_search_max_interval_msec" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Timer setting for incremental search in Tree, IntemList, etc. controls. + Timer setting for incremental search in Tree, IntemList, etc. controls (in milliseconds). </member> <member name="gui/timers/text_edit_idle_detect_sec" type="float" setter="" getter=""> - Timer for detecting idle in the editor. + Timer for detecting idle in the editor (in seconds). </member> <member name="input/ui_accept" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -421,8 +459,10 @@ <member name="input/ui_up" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input_devices/pointing/emulate_mouse_from_touch" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], sends mouse input events when tapping or swiping on the touchscreen. </member> <member name="input_devices/pointing/emulate_touch_from_mouse" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], sends touch input events when clicking or dragging the mouse. </member> <member name="layer_names/2d_physics/layer_1" type="String" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -585,23 +625,25 @@ <member name="layer_names/3d_render/layer_9" type="String" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="locale/fallback" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + The locale to fall back to if a translation isn't available in a given language. If left empty, [code]en[/code] (English) will be used. </member> <member name="locale/test" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + If non-empty, this locale will be used when running the project from the editor. </member> <member name="logging/file_logging/enable_file_logging" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Log all output to a file. + If [code]true[/code], logs all output to files. </member> <member name="logging/file_logging/log_path" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Path to logs withint he project. Using an [code]user://[/code] based path is recommended. + Path to logs within the project. Using an [code]user://[/code] path is recommended. </member> <member name="logging/file_logging/max_log_files" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Amount of log files (used for rotation). + Specifies the maximum amount of log files allowed (used for rotation). </member> <member name="memory/limits/message_queue/max_size_kb" type="int" setter="" getter=""> Godot uses a message queue to defer some function calls. If you run out of space on it (you will see an error), you can increase the size here. </member> <member name="memory/limits/multithreaded_server/rid_pool_prealloc" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - This is used by servers when used in multi threading mode (servers and visual). RIDs are preallocated to avoid stalling the server requesting them on threads. If servers get stalled too often when loading resources in a thread, increase this number. + This is used by servers when used in multi-threading mode (servers and visual). RIDs are preallocated to avoid stalling the server requesting them on threads. If servers get stalled too often when loading resources in a thread, increase this number. </member> <member name="network/limits/debugger_stdout/max_chars_per_second" type="int" setter="" getter=""> Maximum amount of characters allowed to send as output from the debugger. Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger connection. @@ -613,7 +655,7 @@ Maximum amount of messages allowed to send as output from the debugger. Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger connection. </member> <member name="network/limits/packet_peer_stream/max_buffer_po2" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Default size of packet peer stream for deserializing godot data. Over this size, data is dropped. + Default size of packet peer stream for deserializing Godot data. Over this size, data is dropped. </member> <member name="network/limits/websocket_client/max_in_buffer_kb" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -632,13 +674,13 @@ <member name="network/limits/websocket_server/max_out_packets" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="network/remote_fs/page_read_ahead" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Amount of read ahead used by remote filesystem. Improves latency. + Amount of read ahead used by remote filesystem. Higher values decrease the effects of latency at the cost of higher bandwidth usage. </member> <member name="network/remote_fs/page_size" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Page size used by remote filesystem. + Page size used by remote filesystem (in bytes). </member> <member name="node/name_casing" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - When creating nodes names automatically, set the type of casing in this project. This is mostly an editor setting. + When creating node names automatically, set the type of casing in this project. This is mostly an editor setting. </member> <member name="node/name_num_separator" type="int" setter="" getter=""> What to use to separate node name from number. This is mostly an editor setting. @@ -646,20 +688,21 @@ <member name="physics/2d/physics_engine" type="String" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="physics/2d/thread_model" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Set whether physics is run on the main thread or a separate one. Running the server on a thread increases performance, but restricts API Access to only physics process. + Sets whether physics is run on the main thread or a separate one. Running the server on a thread increases performance, but restricts API access to only physics process. </member> <member name="physics/3d/active_soft_world" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="physics/3d/physics_engine" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + Sets which physics engine to use. </member> <member name="physics/common/physics_fps" type="int" setter="" getter=""> Frames per second used in the physics. Physics always needs a fixed amount of frames per second. </member> <member name="physics/common/physics_jitter_fix" type="float" setter="" getter=""> - Fix to improve physics jitter, specially on monitors where refresh rate is different than physics FPS. + Fix to improve physics jitter, specially on monitors where refresh rate is different than the physics FPS. </member> <member name="rendering/environment/default_clear_color" type="Color" setter="" getter=""> - Default background clear color. Overridable per [Viewport] using its [Environment]. See [member Environment.background_mode] and [member Environment.background_color] in particular. To change this default color programmatically, use [method VisualServer.set_default_clear_color]. + Default background clear color. Overriddable per [Viewport] using its [Environment]. See [member Environment.background_mode] and [member Environment.background_color] in particular. To change this default color programmatically, use [method VisualServer.set_default_clear_color]. </member> <member name="rendering/limits/buffers/blend_shape_max_buffer_size_kb" type="int" setter="" getter=""> Max buffer size for blend shapes. Any blend shape bigger than this will not work. @@ -674,68 +717,70 @@ Max buffer size for drawing immediate objects (ImmediateGeometry nodes). Nodes using more than this size will not work. </member> <member name="rendering/limits/rendering/max_renderable_elements" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Max amount of elements renderable in a frame. If more than this are visible per frame, they will be dropped. Keep in mind elements refer to mesh surfaces and not mesh themselves. + Max amount of elements renderable in a frame. If more than this are visible per frame, they will be dropped. Keep in mind elements refer to mesh surfaces and not meshes themselves. </member> <member name="rendering/limits/time/time_rollover_secs" type="float" setter="" getter=""> - Shaders have a time variable that constantly increases. At some point it needs to be rolled back to zero to avoid numerical errors on shader animations. This setting specifies when. + Shaders have a time variable that constantly increases. At some point, it needs to be rolled back to zero to avoid precision errors on shader animations. This setting specifies when (in seconds). </member> <member name="rendering/quality/2d/gles2_use_nvidia_rect_flicker_workaround" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Some Nvidia GPU drivers have a bug, which produces flickering issues for the [code]draw_rect[/code] method, especially as used in [TileMap]. Refer to https://github.com/godotengine/godot/issues/9913 for details. - If [code]true[/code], this option enables a "safe" code path for such Nvidia GPUs, at the cost of performance. This option only impacts the GLES2 rendering backend (so the bug stays if you use GLES3), and only desktop platforms. Default value: [code]false[/code]. + Some NVIDIA GPU drivers have a bug which produces flickering issues for the [code]draw_rect[/code] method, especially as used in [TileMap]. Refer to [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/issues/9913][/url] for details. + If [code]true[/code], this option enables a "safe" code path for such NVIDIA GPUs at the cost of performance. This option only impacts the GLES2 rendering backend (so the bug stays if you use GLES3), and only desktop platforms. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/2d/use_pixel_snap" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Force snapping of polygons to pixels in 2D rendering. May help in some pixel art styles. + If [code]true[/code], forces snapping of polygons to pixels in 2D rendering. May help in some pixel art styles. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/depth_prepass/disable_for_vendors" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Disable depth pre-pass for some GPU vendors (usually mobile), as their architecture already does this. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/depth_prepass/enable" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Do a previous depth pass before rendering materials. This increases performance in scenes with high overdraw, when complex materials and lighting are used. + If [code]true[/code], performs a previous depth pass before rendering materials. This increases performance in scenes with high overdraw, when complex materials and lighting are used. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/directional_shadow/size" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Size in pixels of the directional shadow. + The directional shadow's size in pixels. Higher values will result in sharper shadows, at the cost of performance. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/directional_shadow/size.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/driver/driver_name" type="String" setter="" getter=""> - Name of the configured video driver ("GLES2" or "GLES3"). - Note that the backend in use can be overridden at runtime via the [code]--video-driver[/code] command line argument, or by the [member rendering/quality/driver/fallback_to_gles2] option if the target system does not support GLES3 and falls back to GLES2. In such cases, this property is not updated, so use [method OS.get_current_video_driver] to query it at runtime. + The video driver to use ("GLES2" or "GLES3"). + Note that the backend in use can be overridden at runtime via the [code]--video-driver[/code] command line argument, or by the [member rendering/quality/driver/fallback_to_gles2] option if the target system does not support GLES3 and falls back to GLES2. In such cases, this property is not updated, so use [method OS.get_current_video_driver] to query it at run-time. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/driver/fallback_to_gles2" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Whether to allow falling back to the GLES2 driver if the GLES3 driver is not supported. Default value: [code]false[/code]. - Note that the two video drivers are not drop-in replacements for each other, so a game designed for GLES3 might not work properly when falling back to GLES2. In particular, some features of the GLES3 backend are not available in GLES2. Enabling this setting also means that both ETC and ETC2 VRAM-compressed textures will be exported on Android and iOS, increasing the size of the game data pack. + If [code]true[/code], allows falling back to the GLES2 driver if the GLES3 driver is not supported. + Note that the two video drivers are not drop-in replacements for each other, so a game designed for GLES3 might not work properly when falling back to GLES2. In particular, some features of the GLES3 backend are not available in GLES2. Enabling this setting also means that both ETC and ETC2 VRAM-compressed textures will be exported on Android and iOS, increasing the data pack's size. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/filters/anisotropic_filter_level" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Maximum Anisotropic filter level used for textures when anisotropy enabled. + Maximum anisotropic filter level used for textures with anisotropy enabled. Higher values will result in sharper textures when viewed from oblique angles, at the cost of performance. Only power-of-two values are valid (2, 4, 8, 16). </member> <member name="rendering/quality/filters/use_nearest_mipmap_filter" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Force to use nearest mipmap filtering when using mipmaps. This may increase performance in mobile as less memory bandwidth is used. + If [code]true[/code], uses nearest-neighbor mipmap filtering when using mipmaps (also called "bilinear filtering"), which will result in visible seams appearing between mipmap stages. This may increase performance in mobile as less memory bandwidth is used. If [code]false[/code], linear mipmap filtering (also called "trilinear filtering") is used. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/intended_usage/framebuffer_allocation" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Strategy used for framebuffer allocation. The simpler it is, the less memory it uses (but the least features it supports). + Strategy used for framebuffer allocation. The simpler it is, the less resources it uses (but the less features it supports). </member> <member name="rendering/quality/intended_usage/framebuffer_allocation.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/reflections/high_quality_ggx" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - For reflection probes and panorama backgrounds (sky), use a high amount of samples to create ggx blurred versions (used for roughness). + If [code]true[/code], uses a high amount of samples to create blurred variants of reflection probes and panorama backgrounds (sky). Those blurred variants are used by rough materials. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/reflections/high_quality_ggx.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/reflections/texture_array_reflections" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - For reflection probes and panorama backgrounds (sky), use a texture array instead of mipmaps. This reduces jitter noise on reflections, but costs more performance and memory. + If [code]true[/code], uses texture arrays instead of mipmaps for reflection probes and panorama backgrounds (sky). This reduces jitter noise on reflections, but costs more performance and memory. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/reflections/texture_array_reflections.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shading/force_blinn_over_ggx" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Blinn model to generate blurred reflections instead of the GGX model. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shading/force_blinn_over_ggx.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shading/force_lambert_over_burley" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Lambert material lighting model instead of Burley. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shading/force_lambert_over_burley.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shading/force_vertex_shading" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Force vertex shading for all rendering. This can increase performance a lot, but also reduces quality immensely. Can work to optimize on very low end mobile. + If [code]true[/code], forces vertex shading for all rendering. This can increase performance a lot, but also reduces quality immensely. Can be used to optimize performance on low-end mobile devices. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shading/force_vertex_shading.mobile" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -752,12 +797,12 @@ Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping documentation. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/size" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Size for shadow atlas (used for point and omni lights). See documentation. + Size for shadow atlas (used for OmniLights and SpotLights). See documentation. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/size.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shadows/filter_mode" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Shadow filter mode. The more complex the filter, the more memory bandwidth required. + Shadow filter mode. Higher-quality settings result in smoother shadows that flicker less when moving. "Disabled" is the fastest option, but also has the lowest quality. "PCF5" is smoother but is also slower. "PCF13" is the smoothest option, but is also the slowest. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/shadows/filter_mode.mobile" type="int" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -773,24 +818,25 @@ Weight subsurface scattering samples. Helps to avoid reading samples from unrelated parts of the screen. </member> <member name="rendering/quality/voxel_cone_tracing/high_quality" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - Use high quality voxel cone tracing (looks better, but requires a higher end GPU). + Use high-quality voxel cone tracing. This results in better-looking reflections, but is much more expensive on the GPU. </member> <member name="rendering/threads/thread_model" type="int" setter="" getter=""> - Thread model for rendering. Rendering on a thread can vastly improve performance, but syncinc to the main thread can cause a bit more jitter. + Thread model for rendering. Rendering on a thread can vastly improve performance, but synchronizing to the main thread can cause a bit more jitter. </member> <member name="rendering/vram_compression/import_bptc" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> + If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed textures using the BPTC algorithm. This texture compression algorithm is only supported on desktop platforms, and only when using the GLES3 renderer. </member> <member name="rendering/vram_compression/import_etc" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - If the project uses this compression (usually low end mobile), texture importer will import these. + If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed textures using the Ericsson Texture Compression algorithm. This algorithm doesn't support alpha channels in textures. </member> <member name="rendering/vram_compression/import_etc2" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - If the project uses this compression (usually high end mobile), texture importer will import these. + If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed textures using the Ericsson Texture Compression 2 algorithm. This texture compression algorithm is only supported when using the GLES3 renderer. </member> <member name="rendering/vram_compression/import_pvrtc" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - If the project uses this compression (usually iOS), texture importer will import these. + If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed textures using the PowerVR Texture Compression algorithm. This texture compression algorithm is only supported on iOS. </member> <member name="rendering/vram_compression/import_s3tc" type="bool" setter="" getter=""> - If the project uses this compression (usually Desktop and Consoles), texture importer will import these. + If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed textures using the S3 Texture Compression algorithm. This algorithm is only supported on desktop platforms and consoles. </member> <member name="script" type="Script" setter="" getter=""> </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml b/doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml index bd7a7bc904..ad4cb682cb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="broadcast"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProxyTexture.xml b/doc/classes/ProxyTexture.xml index 1350462142..a36f670c42 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProxyTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProxyTexture.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml b/doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml index fbc2c454d5..779ce11180 100644 --- a/doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Class representing a square mesh. </brief_description> <description> - Class representing a square mesh with size (2,2,0). Consider using a [PlaneMesh] if you require a differently sized plane. + Class representing a square [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a thickness. By default, this mesh is aligned on the X and Y axes; this default rotation is more suited for use with billboarded materials. Unlike [PlaneMesh], this mesh doesn't provide subdivision options. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Quat.xml b/doc/classes/Quat.xml index 3867fca24f..3ef65e1edb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Quat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Quat.xml @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/using_transforms.html#interpolating-with-quaternions</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Quat"> <return type="Quat"> @@ -86,7 +84,7 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Return Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: first Z, then X, and Y last) corresponding to the rotation represented by the unit quaternion. Returned vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X-angle, Y-angle, Z-angle). + Returns Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: first Z, then X, and Y last) corresponding to the rotation represented by the unit quaternion. Returned vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X-angle, Y-angle, Z-angle). </description> </method> <method name="inverse"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RID.xml b/doc/classes/RID.xml index e8fa652b17..89778e1c8b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RID.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RID.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="RID"> <return type="RID"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml index 0e4ede50c0..be7bcc9c35 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="randf"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Range.xml b/doc/classes/Range.xml index ea749f0537..3c7317bf85 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Range.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Range.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="share"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RayCast.xml b/doc/classes/RayCast.xml index 3b3a207bc3..1368143b67 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RayCast.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RayCast.xml @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_exception"> <return type="void"> @@ -52,7 +50,7 @@ <return type="Object"> </return> <description> - Return the first object that the ray intersects, or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). + Returns the first object that the ray intersects, or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_collider_shape" qualifiers="const"> @@ -89,7 +87,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return whether any object is intersecting with the ray's vector (considering the vector length). + Returns whether any object is intersecting with the ray's vector (considering the vector length). </description> </method> <method name="remove_exception"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml b/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml index 00345bff6b..90e0178ddb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_exception"> <return type="void"> @@ -51,7 +49,7 @@ <return type="Object"> </return> <description> - Return the first object that the ray intersects, or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). + Returns the first object that the ray intersects, or [code]null[/code] if no object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code]). </description> </method> <method name="get_collider_shape" qualifiers="const"> @@ -67,7 +65,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bit" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return an individual bit on the collision mask. + Returns an individual bit on the collision mask. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_normal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return whether any object is intersecting with the ray's vector (considering the vector length). + Returns whether any object is intersecting with the ray's vector (considering the vector length). </description> </method> <method name="remove_exception"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RayShape.xml b/doc/classes/RayShape.xml index a14618a423..69b159fa97 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RayShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RayShape.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml index 4c3d0de34e..e0ef01bd2a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml index 90082af43b..c4f7844a03 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Rect2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Rect2.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/math/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Rect2"> <return type="Rect2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml index 6d8411e127..62ead5598b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Reference.xml b/doc/classes/Reference.xml index b2e63befe4..bc24483367 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Reference.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Reference.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="init_ref"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml b/doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml index b07b9bf80e..0e19e35e58 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml b/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml index 58bd254e29..3268e9f8e5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/reflection_probes.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml b/doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml index 36260853f0..17ee7bf123 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml b/doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml index e56cff2a76..b8eb7c6f13 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Resource.xml b/doc/classes/Resource.xml index 4a5d46b9a3..211bda1a09 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Resource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Resource.xml @@ -7,10 +7,8 @@ Resource is the base class for all resource types, serving primarily as data containers. They are reference counted and freed when no longer in use. They are also loaded only once from disk, and further attempts to load the resource will return the same reference (all this in contrast to a [Node], which is not reference counted and can be instanced from disk as many times as desired). Resources can be saved externally on disk or bundled into another object, such as a [Node] or another resource. </description> <tutorials> - <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/stable/getting_started/step_by_step/resources.html</link> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/resources.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_setup_local_to_scene" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatDDS.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatDDS.xml index 1a99773c35..9717052a5d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatDDS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatDDS.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatImporter.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatImporter.xml index efe5dfe0b3..e5c84e6db4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatImporter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatImporter.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml index f1899d3ddc..925706b50c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_dependencies" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBMFont.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBMFont.xml index e90fbc8834..f5b26a6ff7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBMFont.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBMFont.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBinary.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBinary.xml index 5f172da9fb..cf4a2373dc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBinary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderBinary.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderDynamicFont.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderDynamicFont.xml index 7cbae5ba94..af06ea0d8d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderDynamicFont.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderDynamicFont.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderGDScript.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderGDScript.xml index 6a6e0458f6..5bb9127978 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderGDScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderGDScript.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderImage.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderImage.xml index 1cd1687053..de53d2c076 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderImage.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderImage.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderNativeScript.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderNativeScript.xml index 05dd3ed9d0..7355f702b9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderNativeScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderNativeScript.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderShader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderShader.xml index befd0a61db..1bef7485fb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderShader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderShader.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderStreamTexture.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderStreamTexture.xml index 5fdf863d82..4bdc74acbc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderStreamTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderStreamTexture.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderText.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderText.xml index 7d77658fcb..92ad3179bf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderText.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderText.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTextureLayered.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTextureLayered.xml index b726139897..69c3eedf63 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTextureLayered.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTextureLayered.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTheora.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTheora.xml index fd3caa9a69..1b5e30f09c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTheora.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderTheora.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderWebm.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderWebm.xml index 2a9e93af91..a45e5d488d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderWebm.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoaderWebm.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPKM.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPKM.xml index 16a085c83d..6c442cd934 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPKM.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPKM.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPVR.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPVR.xml index e330ab0712..d82f48f207 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPVR.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatPVR.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml index ddc9f0460c..caa05dce26 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="PoolStringArray"> @@ -27,7 +25,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource"> </argument> <description> - Returns true if the given resource object can be saved by this saver. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the given resource object can be saved by this saver. </description> </method> <method name="save" qualifiers="virtual"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverBinary.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverBinary.xml index adb4db35ad..32c286d0d9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverBinary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverBinary.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverGDScript.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverGDScript.xml index 5018122329..0fe65e28b0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverGDScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverGDScript.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverNativeScript.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverNativeScript.xml index 3c69915e18..7a699a2cca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverNativeScript.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverNativeScript.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverShader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverShader.xml index 783cc00396..65ddee42fd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverShader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverShader.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverText.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverText.xml index b02ca40d7a..921de81031 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverText.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaverText.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml index 96f9152ac0..e0c0aa9a47 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml index f1e9678499..bb9826999c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml @@ -8,28 +8,26 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_resource"> <return type="Resource"> </return> <description> - Return the loaded resource (only if loaded). Otherwise, returns null. + Returns the loaded resource (only if loaded). Otherwise, returns null. </description> </method> <method name="get_stage" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the load stage. The total amount of stages can be queried with [method get_stage_count] + Returns the load stage. The total amount of stages can be queried with [method get_stage_count] </description> </method> <method name="get_stage_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the total amount of stages (calls to [method poll]) needed to completely load this resource. + Returns the total amount of stages (calls to [method poll]) needed to completely load this resource. </description> </method> <method name="poll"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml index 9f207a49cd..76b7c39191 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="exists"> <return type="bool"> @@ -35,7 +33,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return the list of recognized extensions for a resource type. + Returns the list of recognized extensions for a resource type. </description> </method> <method name="has"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml index 9dc9469c4e..d6c635b6eb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_resource"> <return type="void"> @@ -44,7 +42,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns true if the preloader contains a resource associated to [code]name[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the preloader contains a resource associated to [code]name[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_resource"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml index 079d1388f0..eac022f564 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_recognized_extensions"> <return type="PoolStringArray"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceSaverPNG.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceSaverPNG.xml index 3931c39c98..5ed4829f25 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceSaverPNG.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceSaverPNG.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml index 4ecde6260b..c8dd7821a3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/gui/bbcode_in_richtextlabel.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_image"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody.xml index d55e56578a..8dadca49e1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody.xml @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_integrate_forces" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> @@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ <return type="Array"> </return> <description> - Return a list of the bodies colliding with this one. By default, number of max contacts reported is at 0, see the [member contacts_reported] property to increase it. Note that the result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. For performance, list of collisions is updated once per frame and before the physics step. Consider using signals instead. + Returns a list of the bodies colliding with this one. By default, number of max contacts reported is at 0, see the [member contacts_reported] property to increase it. Note that the result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. For performance, list of collisions is updated once per frame and before the physics step. Consider using signals instead. </description> </method> <method name="set_axis_velocity"> @@ -121,10 +119,10 @@ Lock the body's movement in the x-axis. </member> <member name="axis_lock_linear_y" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock"> - Lock the body's movement in the x-axis. + Lock the body's movement in the y-axis. </member> <member name="axis_lock_linear_z" type="bool" setter="set_axis_lock" getter="get_axis_lock"> - Lock the body's movement in the x-axis. + Lock the body's movement in the z-axis. </member> <member name="bounce" type="float" setter="set_bounce" getter="get_bounce"> RigidBody's bounciness. diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml index f7fc408bca..9a1802b515 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml @@ -7,12 +7,11 @@ This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D directly. Instead you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, friction, and other physical properties. A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and Kinematic. [b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidBody2D's [code]position[/code] or [code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. - If you need to override the default physics behavior, you can write a custom force integration. See [member custom_integrator]. + Please also keep in mind that physics bodies manage their own transform which overwrites the ones you set. So any direct or indirect transformation (including scaling of the node or its parent) will be visible in the editor only, and immediately reset at runtime. + If you need to override the default physics behavior or add a transformation at runtime, you can write a custom force integration. See [member custom_integrator]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="_integrate_forces" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml b/doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml index c1b72b6205..bb939e82f3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneState.xml b/doc/classes/SceneState.xml index 711071cd68..34a28b5d1c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneState.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneState.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_connection_binds" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index 30889c385f..a236d776c7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/scene_tree.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/viewports/multiple_resolutions.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="call_group" qualifiers="vararg"> <return type="Variant"> @@ -63,7 +61,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="pause_mode_process" type="bool" default="true"> </argument> <description> - Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after the given time in seconds elapsed in this SceneTree. If [code]pause_mode_process[/code] is set to false, pausing the SceneTree will also pause the timer. + Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after the given time in seconds elapsed in this SceneTree. If [code]pause_mode_process[/code] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the SceneTree will also pause the timer. Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example: [codeblock] func some_function(): @@ -361,6 +359,12 @@ Emitted whenever a node is removed from the SceneTree. </description> </signal> + <signal name="node_renamed"> + <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </signal> <signal name="physics_frame"> <description> Emitted immediately before [method Node._physics_process] is called on every node in the SceneTree. diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml index 52a5101986..a33f875be2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml @@ -15,8 +15,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Script.xml b/doc/classes/Script.xml index f9316a8dfc..fca73e3ea7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Script.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Script.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/scripting.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="can_instance" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml b/doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml index 92a187eaa3..b2c2d0f060 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml @@ -14,8 +14,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="config"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml b/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml index 8f1f393da4..28e1f75ac1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="can_drop_data_fw" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> @@ -57,6 +55,15 @@ Returns an array with all [Script] objects which are currently open in editor. </description> </method> + <method name="goto_line"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line_number" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Goes to the specified line in the current script. + </description> + </method> <method name="open_script_create_dialog"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml b/doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml index 3175853912..8b8314d2c8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml index 0c44f757d7..7d7dfe167a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_h_scrollbar"> <return type="HScrollBar"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml index 227af45d62..af2392787c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Semaphore.xml b/doc/classes/Semaphore.xml index 3b5c7f3b59..dadb445d4b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Semaphore.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Semaphore.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="post"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Separator.xml b/doc/classes/Separator.xml index 882d82a93e..11f6f1b22f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Separator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Separator.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shader.xml b/doc/classes/Shader.xml index b42c39b03c..668fb6bafa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shader.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/shading/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_default_texture_param" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Texture"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml index 6ccd255fc4..ef355c4417 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/shading/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_shader_param" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shape.xml b/doc/classes/Shape.xml index 75b3cc162b..d622ff1cf2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shape.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml b/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml index 4daac404c2..c887e23de0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Shape2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="collide"> <return type="bool"> @@ -54,7 +52,7 @@ <argument index="4" name="shape_motion" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Return whether this shape would collide with another, if a given movement was applied. + Returns whether this shape would collide with another, if a given movement was applied. This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape ([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape ([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with ([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape ([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object ([code]shape_motion[/code]). </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/ShortCut.xml b/doc/classes/ShortCut.xml index c02f1765c5..4c5dc0e77b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ShortCut.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ShortCut.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_as_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton.xml index 003bd6a79b..b693ee0a5e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_bone"> <return type="void"> @@ -46,14 +44,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Return the bone index that matches "name" as its name. + Returns the bone index that matches "name" as its name. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of bones in the skeleton. + Returns the amount of bones in the skeleton. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_custom_pose" qualifiers="const"> @@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the custom pose of the specified bone. Custom pose is applied on top of the rest pose. + Returns the custom pose of the specified bone. Custom pose is applied on top of the rest pose. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_global_pose" qualifiers="const"> @@ -71,7 +69,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the skeleton. Being relative to the skeleton frame, this is not the actual "global" transform of the bone. + Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the skeleton. Being relative to the skeleton frame, this is not the actual "global" transform of the bone. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -80,7 +78,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the name of the bone at index "index". + Returns the name of the bone at index "index". </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_parent" qualifiers="const"> @@ -89,7 +87,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the bone index which is the parent of the bone at "bone_idx". If -1, then bone has no parent. Note that the parent bone returned will always be less than "bone_idx". + Returns the bone index which is the parent of the bone at "bone_idx". If -1, then bone has no parent. Note that the parent bone returned will always be less than "bone_idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_pose" qualifiers="const"> @@ -98,7 +96,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the pose transform of the specified bone. Pose is applied on top of the custom pose, which is applied on top the rest pose. + Returns the pose transform of the specified bone. Pose is applied on top of the custom pose, which is applied on top the rest pose. </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_rest" qualifiers="const"> @@ -107,7 +105,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the rest transform for a bone "bone_idx". + Returns the rest transform for a bone "bone_idx". </description> </method> <method name="get_bone_transform" qualifiers="const"> @@ -116,7 +114,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bone_idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the combination of custom pose and pose. The returned transform is in skeleton's reference frame. + Returns the combination of custom pose and pose. The returned transform is in skeleton's reference frame. </description> </method> <method name="get_bound_child_nodes_to_bone" qualifiers="const"> @@ -136,6 +134,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="localize_rests"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="physical_bones_add_collision_exception"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -225,7 +229,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="pose" type="Transform"> </argument> <description> - Return the pose transform for bone "bone_idx". + Returns the pose transform for bone "bone_idx". </description> </method> <method name="set_bone_rest"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml index 6725de8116..064a7266bd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>http://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/2d_skeletons.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_bone"> <return type="Bone2D"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml index 12127c81ea..42c7759c1f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_parent_skeleton" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Skeleton"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Sky.xml b/doc/classes/Sky.xml index 113bc1abb1..ffd8c3fdee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sky.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sky.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Slider.xml b/doc/classes/Slider.xml index 1e665f0236..8fdf2bc848 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Slider.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Slider.xml @@ -8,20 +8,22 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> <member name="editable" type="bool" setter="set_editable" getter="is_editable"> + If [code]true[/code], the slider can be interacted with. If [code]false[/code], the value can be changed only by code. </member> <member name="focus_mode" type="int" setter="set_focus_mode" getter="get_focus_mode" enum="Control.FocusMode"> </member> <member name="scrollable" type="bool" setter="set_scrollable" getter="is_scrollable"> + If [code]true[/code], the value can be changed using the mouse wheel. </member> <member name="tick_count" type="int" setter="set_ticks" getter="get_ticks"> + Number of ticks displayed on the slider, including border ticks. Ticks are uniformly-distributed value markers. </member> <member name="ticks_on_borders" type="bool" setter="set_ticks_on_borders" getter="get_ticks_on_borders"> + If [code]true[/code], the slider will display ticks for minimum and maximum values. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml b/doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml index a7702efd55..997930eaa3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/SoftBody.xml b/doc/classes/SoftBody.xml index 29e359b548..b235a26ad7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SoftBody.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SoftBody.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_collision_exception_with"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Spatial.xml b/doc/classes/Spatial.xml index f28ddcf351..9d1761ba9f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Spatial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Spatial.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/introduction_to_3d.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="force_update_transform"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpatialGizmo.xml b/doc/classes/SpatialGizmo.xml index aa6734ea40..5cca1883b3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpatialGizmo.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpatialGizmo.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml index c56e4b7feb..f0df5fac4a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/spatial_material.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -122,6 +120,8 @@ <member name="flags_use_point_size" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag"> If [code]true[/code], render point size can be changed. Note: this is only effective for objects whose geometry is point-based rather than triangle-based. See also [member params_point_size]. </member> + <member name="flags_use_shadow_to_opacity" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag"> + </member> <member name="flags_vertex_lighting" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag"> If [code]true[/code], lighting is calculated per vertex rather than per pixel. This may increase performance on low-end devices. Default value: [code]false[/code]. </member> @@ -392,7 +392,9 @@ </constant> <constant name="FLAG_ENSURE_CORRECT_NORMALS" value="16" enum="Flags"> </constant> - <constant name="FLAG_MAX" value="18" enum="Flags"> + <constant name="FLAG_USE_SHADOW_TO_OPACITY" value="18" enum="Flags"> + </constant> + <constant name="FLAG_MAX" value="19" enum="Flags"> </constant> <constant name="DIFFUSE_BURLEY" value="0" enum="DiffuseMode"> Default diffuse scattering algorithm. diff --git a/doc/classes/SpatialVelocityTracker.xml b/doc/classes/SpatialVelocityTracker.xml index caa483f34d..45dd06e926 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpatialVelocityTracker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpatialVelocityTracker.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_tracked_linear_velocity" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector3"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml b/doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml index b386ee4c19..4ebb2e919d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ Full height of the sphere. Defaults to 2.0. </member> <member name="is_hemisphere" type="bool" setter="set_is_hemisphere" getter="get_is_hemisphere"> - Determines whether a full sphere or a hemisphere is created. Attention: To get a regular hemisphere the height and radius of the sphere have to equal. Defaults to false. + Determines whether a full sphere or a hemisphere is created. Attention: To get a regular hemisphere, the height and radius of the sphere have to equal. Defaults to [code]false[/code]. </member> <member name="radial_segments" type="int" setter="set_radial_segments" getter="get_radial_segments"> Number of radial segments on the sphere. Defaults to 64. diff --git a/doc/classes/SphereShape.xml b/doc/classes/SphereShape.xml index 54553d4cff..21309ae83e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SphereShape.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SphereShape.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpinBox.xml b/doc/classes/SpinBox.xml index cb32999332..8e2e2f1baa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpinBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpinBox.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_line_edit"> <return type="LineEdit"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml b/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml index a1b071572c..5d9a233624 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clamp_split_offset"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpotLight.xml b/doc/classes/SpotLight.xml index c84e364e83..7369189c72 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpotLight.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpotLight.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/lights_and_shadows.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpringArm.xml b/doc/classes/SpringArm.xml index c4eb5fabd1..50c6fef148 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpringArm.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpringArm.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_excluded_object"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Sprite.xml b/doc/classes/Sprite.xml index 279d73b369..26ff67cc74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sprite.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sprite.xml @@ -8,14 +8,18 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_rect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> <description> - Returns a Rect2 representing the Sprite's boundary relative to its local coordinates. + Returns a [Rect2] representing the Sprite's boundary in local coordinates. Can be used to detect if the Sprite was clicked. Example: + [codeblock] + func _input(event): + if event is InputEventMouseButton and event.pressed and event.button_index == BUTTON_LEFT: + if get_rect().has_point(to_local(event.position)): + print("A click!") + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="is_pixel_opaque" qualifiers="const"> @@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ The texture's drawing offset. </member> <member name="region_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_region" getter="is_region"> - If [code]true[/code], texture is cut from a larger atlas texture. See [code]region_rect[/code]. Default value: [code]false[/code]. + If [code]true[/code], texture is cut from a larger atlas texture. See [member region_rect]. Default value: [code]false[/code]. </member> <member name="region_filter_clip" type="bool" setter="set_region_filter_clip" getter="is_region_filter_clip_enabled"> If [code]true[/code], the outermost pixels get blurred out. diff --git a/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml b/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml index 8b7af5449b..81fe182782 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml b/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml index 5173e130f7..50e00fe333 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="generate_triangle_mesh" qualifiers="const"> <return type="TriangleMesh"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml b/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml index 3e94b196fc..f28192519e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_animation"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StaticBody.xml b/doc/classes/StaticBody.xml index cd1b166924..d2b7abebb1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StaticBody.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StaticBody.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml index 52c59762d2..98b38e9e26 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml index 4af50df0c7..d278312fc3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_16"> <return type="int"> @@ -43,7 +41,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of bytes this [StreamPeer] has available. + Returns the amount of bytes this [StreamPeer] has available. </description> </method> <method name="get_data"> @@ -52,7 +50,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bytes" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be received can be requested in the "bytes" argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is received. This function returns two values, an Error code and a data array. + Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be received can be requested in the "bytes" argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is received. This function returns two values, an Error code and a data array. </description> </method> <method name="get_double"> @@ -75,7 +73,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="bytes" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be received can be requested in the "bytes" argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will return how many were actually received. This function returns two values, an Error code, and a data array. + Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be received can be requested in the "bytes" argument. If not enough bytes are available, the function will return how many were actually received. This function returns two values, an Error code, and a data array. </description> </method> <method name="get_string"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml index d44c53abfe..de4603b7c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerBuffer.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml index 76bb55ec29..f28e6e5544 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="accept_stream"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> @@ -30,7 +28,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="for_hostname" type="String" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Connect to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] "stream", when "validate_certs" is true, [StreamPeerSSL] will validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the "for_hostname". + Connect to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] "stream", when "validate_certs" is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerSSL] will validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the "for_hostname". </description> </method> <method name="disconnect_from_stream"> @@ -44,7 +42,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="StreamPeerSSL.Status"> </return> <description> - Return the status of the connection, one of STATUS_* enum. + Returns the status of the connection, one of STATUS_* enum. </description> </method> <method name="poll"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml index 60d0bfc333..0edea42521 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="connect_to_host"> <return type="int" enum="Error"> @@ -33,21 +31,21 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Return the IP of this peer. + Returns the IP of this peer. </description> </method> <method name="get_connected_port" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the port of this peer. + Returns the port of this peer. </description> </method> <method name="get_status"> <return type="int" enum="StreamPeerTCP.Status"> </return> <description> - Return the status of the connection, see [enum StreamPeerTCP.Status]. + Returns the status of the connection, see [enum StreamPeerTCP.Status]. </description> </method> <method name="is_connected_to_host" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml b/doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml index 5f26ba0fab..1ff2500d1a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/String.xml b/doc/classes/String.xml index 67a9b80602..a5a8766ca0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/String.xml +++ b/doc/classes/String.xml @@ -7,9 +7,8 @@ This is the built-in string class (and the one used by GDScript). It supports Unicode and provides all necessary means for string handling. Strings are reference counted and use a copy-on-write approach, so passing them around is cheap in resources. </description> <tutorials> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/gdscript_format_string.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="String"> <return type="String"> @@ -742,7 +741,14 @@ <argument index="1" name="right" type="bool" default="True"> </argument> <description> - Returns a copy of the string stripped of any non-printable character at the beginning and the end. The optional arguments are used to toggle stripping on the left and right edges respectively. + Returns a copy of the string stripped of any non-printable character (including tabulations, spaces and line breaks) at the beginning and the end. The optional arguments are used to toggle stripping on the left and right edges respectively. + </description> + </method> + <method name="strip_escapes"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a copy of the string stripped of any escape character. These include all non-printable control characters of the first page of the ASCII table (< 32), such as tabulation ([code]\t[/code] in C) and newline ([code]\n[/code] and [code]\r[/code]) characters, but not spaces. </description> </method> <method name="substr"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml index d80a5c0bc6..a156f134e7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBox.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="draw" qualifiers="const"> <return type="void"> @@ -39,7 +37,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="margin" type="int" enum="Margin"> </argument> <description> - Return the content margin offset for the specified margin + Returns the content margin offset for the specified margin Positive values reduce size inwards, unlike [Control]'s margin values. </description> </method> @@ -47,14 +45,14 @@ <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> - Return the minimum size that this stylebox can be shrunk to. + Returns the minimum size that this stylebox can be shrunk to. </description> </method> <method name="get_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> - Return the "offset" of a stylebox, this is a helper function, like writing [code]Vector2(style.get_margin(MARGIN_LEFT), style.get_margin(MARGIN_TOP))[/code]. + Returns the "offset" of a stylebox, this is a helper function, like writing [code]Vector2(style.get_margin(MARGIN_LEFT), style.get_margin(MARGIN_TOP))[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="test_mask" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml index 5833fc9c05..9dc8569b75 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml index 34f99755a4..ffee7366a3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_border_width_min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> @@ -96,7 +94,7 @@ The background color of the stylebox. </member> <member name="border_blend" type="bool" setter="set_border_blend" getter="get_border_blend"> - When set to true, the border will fade into the background color. + When set to [code]true[/code], the border will fade into the background color. </member> <member name="border_color" type="Color" setter="set_border_color" getter="get_border_color"> Sets the color of the border. diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml index 9cbeb2d675..aa306291c8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml index f6c29f0b62..8e55795053 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="set_expand_margin_all"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml index 3ee0e0ac0a..e97f9995ee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml @@ -18,8 +18,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_bones"> <return type="void"> @@ -171,6 +169,12 @@ Returns a constructed [ArrayMesh] from current information passed in. If an existing [ArrayMesh] is passed in as an argument, will add an extra surface to the existing [ArrayMesh]. </description> </method> + <method name="commit_to_arrays"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="create_from"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -182,6 +186,18 @@ Creates a vertex array from an existing [Mesh]. </description> </method> + <method name="create_from_blend_shape"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="existing" type="Mesh"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="surface" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="blend_shape" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="deindex"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml b/doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml index 41e70ec96f..663d3248e8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_connection_available" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if a connection is available for taking. + Returns [code]true[/code] if a connection is available for taking. </description> </method> <method name="listen"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml index 60b0e1da4e..06299d65b6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_current_tab_control" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Control"> @@ -102,7 +100,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="disabled" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - If [code]disabled[/code] is false, hides the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Note that its title text will remain, unless also removed with [method set_tab_title]. + If [code]disabled[/code] is [code]false[/code], hides the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Note that its title text will remain, unless also removed with [method set_tab_title]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_icon"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml index 303fce1386..8c7d657b4a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_tab"> <return type="void"> @@ -137,7 +135,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="disabled" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - If [code]disabled[/code] is false, hides the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Note that its title text will remain, unless also removed with [method set_tab_title]. + If [code]disabled[/code] is [code]false[/code], hides the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Note that its title text will remain, unless also removed with [method set_tab_title]. </description> </method> <method name="set_tab_icon"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml index 0d52245538..62e8a2c34f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_color_region"> <return type="void"> @@ -43,6 +41,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Returns if the given line is foldable, that is, it has indented lines right below it. </description> </method> <method name="clear_colors"> @@ -70,14 +69,14 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the column the editing cursor is at. + Returns the column the editing cursor is at. </description> </method> <method name="cursor_get_line" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the line the editing cursor is at. + Returns the line the editing cursor is at. </description> </method> <method name="cursor_set_column"> @@ -122,6 +121,7 @@ <return type="void"> </return> <description> + Folds all lines that are possible to be folded (see [method can_fold]). </description> </method> <method name="fold_line"> @@ -130,13 +130,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Folds the given line, if possible (see [method can_fold]). </description> </method> <method name="get_breakpoints" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array"> </return> <description> - Return an array containing the line number of each breakpoint. + Returns an array containing the line number of each breakpoint. </description> </method> <method name="get_keyword_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -153,55 +154,56 @@ <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Return the text of a specific line. + Returns the text of a specific line. </description> </method> <method name="get_line_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the amount of total lines in the text. + Returns the amount of total lines in the text. </description> </method> <method name="get_menu" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PopupMenu"> </return> <description> + Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [TextEdit]. By default, this menu is displayed when right-clicking on the [TextEdit]. </description> </method> <method name="get_selection_from_column" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the selection begin column. + Returns the selection begin column. </description> </method> <method name="get_selection_from_line" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the selection begin line. + Returns the selection begin line. </description> </method> <method name="get_selection_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Return the text inside the selection. + Returns the text inside the selection. </description> </method> <method name="get_selection_to_column" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the selection end column. + Returns the selection end column. </description> </method> <method name="get_selection_to_line" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the selection end line. + Returns the selection end line. </description> </method> <method name="get_word_under_cursor" qualifiers="const"> @@ -233,6 +235,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Returns if the given line is folded. </description> </method> <method name="is_line_hidden" qualifiers="const"> @@ -247,7 +250,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Return true if the selection is active. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the selection is active. </description> </method> <method name="menu_option"> @@ -348,6 +351,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> </argument> <description> + Unfolds the given line, if folded. </description> </method> <method name="unhide_all_lines"> @@ -378,6 +382,15 @@ <member name="context_menu_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_context_menu_enabled" getter="is_context_menu_enabled"> If [code]true[/code], a right click displays the context menu. </member> + <member name="draw_spaces" type="bool" setter="set_draw_spaces" getter="is_drawing_spaces"> + If [code]true[/code], the "space" character will have a visible representation. + </member> + <member name="draw_tabs" type="bool" setter="set_draw_tabs" getter="is_drawing_tabs"> + If [code]true[/code], the "tab" character will have a visible representation. + </member> + <member name="fold_gutter" type="bool" setter="set_draw_fold_gutter" getter="is_drawing_fold_gutter"> + If [code]true[/code], the fold gutter is visible. This enables folding groups of indented lines. + </member> <member name="hiding_enabled" type="int" setter="set_hiding_enabled" getter="is_hiding_enabled"> </member> <member name="highlight_all_occurrences" type="bool" setter="set_highlight_all_occurrences" getter="is_highlight_all_occurrences_enabled"> @@ -401,9 +414,10 @@ String value of the [TextEdit]. </member> <member name="v_scroll_speed" type="float" setter="set_v_scroll_speed" getter="get_v_scroll_speed"> - If [code]true[/code], enables text wrapping when it goes beyond he edge of what is visible. + Vertical scroll sensitivity. </member> <member name="wrap_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_wrap_enabled" getter="is_wrap_enabled"> + If [code]true[/code], enables text wrapping when it goes beyond the edge of what is visible. </member> </members> <signals> @@ -419,6 +433,14 @@ Emitted when the cursor changes. </description> </signal> + <signal name="info_clicked"> + <argument index="0" name="row" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="info" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </signal> <signal name="request_completion"> <description> </description> @@ -475,6 +497,8 @@ <theme_items> <theme_item name="background_color" type="Color"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="bookmark_color" type="Color"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="brace_mismatch_color" type="Color"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="breakpoint_color" type="Color"> @@ -505,8 +529,14 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="current_line_color" type="Color"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="executing_line_color" type="Color"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="focus" type="StyleBox"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="fold" type="Texture"> + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="folded" type="Texture"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="font" type="Font"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="font_color" type="Color"> @@ -533,6 +563,8 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="selection_color" type="Color"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="space" type="Texture"> + </theme_item> <theme_item name="symbol_color" type="Color"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="tab" type="Texture"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextFile.xml b/doc/classes/TextFile.xml index be64f07396..163900a482 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextFile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextFile.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Texture.xml b/doc/classes/Texture.xml index 17894d663d..4418a6ce8f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Texture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Texture.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="draw" qualifiers="const"> <return type="void"> @@ -76,21 +74,21 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the texture height. + Returns the texture height. </description> </method> <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> <description> - Return the texture size. + Returns the texture size. </description> </method> <method name="get_width" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Return the texture width. + Returns the texture width. </description> </method> <method name="has_alpha" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Texture3D.xml b/doc/classes/Texture3D.xml index 895ba26c9c..30724eed50 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Texture3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Texture3D.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureArray.xml b/doc/classes/TextureArray.xml index 7f851ae68e..0a9ac1fb2e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureArray.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureButton.xml b/doc/classes/TextureButton.xml index 6d17574b0e..7b436fcf2b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureButton.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml b/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml index b4cfc19414..7c77bd43a3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="create"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml b/doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml index 2230f472f1..ae306c6862 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureRect.xml b/doc/classes/TextureRect.xml index eb8014bab8..829105d561 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureRect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureRect.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/Theme.xml b/doc/classes/Theme.xml index 9ebb9710d7..8fdef5540b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Theme.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Theme.xml @@ -8,9 +8,8 @@ Theme resources can be alternatively loaded by writing them in a .theme file, see docs for more info. </description> <tutorials> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/gui/gui_skinning.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Thread.xml b/doc/classes/Thread.xml index ea558735aa..ff8221fed3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Thread.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Thread.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> @@ -22,7 +20,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns true if this [Thread] is currently active. An active [Thread] cannot start work on a new method but can be joined with [method wait_to_finish]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Thread] is currently active. An active [Thread] cannot start work on a new method but can be joined with [method wait_to_finish]. </description> </method> <method name="start"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml index 54d9e05180..ed4f914136 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/using_tilemaps.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="clear"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml index 5445be518d..f29a7990ed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml @@ -9,9 +9,19 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> + <method name="_forward_atlas_subtile_selection" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="atlastile_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tilemap" type="Object"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="tile_location" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="_forward_subtile_selection" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Timer.xml b/doc/classes/Timer.xml index aaffbc7360..74bd86b34b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Timer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Timer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_stopped" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ToolButton.xml b/doc/classes/ToolButton.xml index 8769234ecd..b48ab75fd0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ToolButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ToolButton.xml @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml b/doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml index 008a3ac8e1..4b5a832b05 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_pressed" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform.xml b/doc/classes/Transform.xml index 8c9a1a36b3..dfbb93acfc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform.xml @@ -10,8 +10,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/math/index.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/using_transforms.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Transform"> <return type="Transform"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml index e2d83e0ea6..bc003284ad 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Transform2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Transform2D"> <return type="Transform2D"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Translation.xml b/doc/classes/Translation.xml index 4dc6196b2b..eea4f8ed03 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Translation.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Translation.xml @@ -7,11 +7,9 @@ Translations are resources that can be loaded/unloaded on demand. They map a string to another string. </description> <tutorials> - <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/stable/tutorials/i18n/internationalizing_games.html</link> - <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/stable/tutorials/i18n/locales.html</link> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/i18n/internationalizing_games.html</link> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/i18n/locales.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_message"> <return type="void"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TranslationLoaderPO.xml b/doc/classes/TranslationLoaderPO.xml index 0af0ee8cca..d9896e1807 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TranslationLoaderPO.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TranslationLoaderPO.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml b/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml index c07a61b522..400a6e31d5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml @@ -7,11 +7,9 @@ Server that manages all translations. Translations can be set to it and removed from it. </description> <tutorials> - <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/stable/tutorials/i18n/internationalizing_games.html</link> - <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/stable/tutorials/i18n/locales.html</link> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/i18n/internationalizing_games.html</link> + <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/i18n/locales.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_translation"> <return type="void"> @@ -29,6 +27,12 @@ Clears the server from all translations. </description> </method> + <method name="get_loaded_locales" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_locale" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tree.xml b/doc/classes/Tree.xml index 4659fe61b7..0272efeecb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tree.xml @@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="are_column_titles_visible" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> @@ -273,6 +271,12 @@ Emitted when a cell with the [code]CELL_MODE_CUSTOM[/code] is clicked to be edited. </description> </signal> + <signal name="empty_rmb"> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </signal> <signal name="empty_tree_rmb_selected"> <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2"> </argument> diff --git a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml index 8d70e426c8..f7887a87c8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_button"> <return type="void"> @@ -165,8 +163,11 @@ <method name="get_next_visible"> <return type="TreeItem"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="wrap" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Returns the next visible TreeItem in the tree. + If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_parent"> @@ -186,8 +187,11 @@ <method name="get_prev_visible"> <return type="TreeItem"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="wrap" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Returns the previous visible TreeItem in the tree. + If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last visible element in the tree when called on the first visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_range" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml b/doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml index 5dd77e2599..9600a1d196 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tween.xml b/doc/classes/Tween.xml index 296f9eff6b..d121fdc125 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tween.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tween.xml @@ -18,8 +18,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="follow_method"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml b/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml index 42f89f01d6..c0b73cd8e3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml +++ b/doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml @@ -30,8 +30,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_do_method" qualifiers="vararg"> <return type="Variant"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml b/doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml index 4de182ce67..1b4a6a6b62 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml b/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml index be58663210..0f46654bc2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VSeparator.xml b/doc/classes/VSeparator.xml index ab8de9131d..ab33c24bb6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VSeparator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VSeparator.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VSlider.xml b/doc/classes/VSlider.xml index 477c618064..550bd16074 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VSlider.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VSlider.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Vertical slider. </brief_description> <description> - Vertical slider. See [Slider]. This one goes from left (min) to right (max). + Vertical slider. See [Slider]. This one goes from bottom (min) to top (max). </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml b/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml index 83b2dca23c..594b662fea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ Vertical split container. </brief_description> <description> - Vertical split container. See [SplitContainer]. This goes from left to right. + Vertical split container. See [SplitContainer]. This goes from top to bottom. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Variant.xml b/doc/classes/Variant.xml index 84aba3dabb..ee598c39f8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Variant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Variant.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml index 2f4d3fe3dc..243dbceced 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/math/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Vector2"> <return type="Vector2"> @@ -187,6 +185,17 @@ Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and [code]b[/code] by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]t[/code] is in the range of [code]0.0 - 1.0[/code], representing the amount of interpolation. </description> </method> + <method name="move_toward"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Moves the vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] amount. + </description> + </method> <method name="normalized"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> @@ -218,7 +227,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="phi" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Returns the vector rotated by [code]phi[/code] radians. + Returns the vector rotated by [code]phi[/code] radians. See also [method @GDScript.deg2rad]. </description> </method> <method name="round"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml index f1363f4fad..99bf3d2610 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector3.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector3.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/math/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="Vector3"> <return type="Vector3"> @@ -177,6 +175,17 @@ Returns the axis of the vector's smallest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants. </description> </method> + <method name="move_toward"> + <return type="Vector3"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector3"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Moves the vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] amount. + </description> + </method> <method name="normalized"> <return type="Vector3"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml b/doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml index 184b8bd23e..ab821aafdc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -18,11 +16,11 @@ Slows down the vehicle by applying a braking force. The vehicle is only slowed down if the wheels are in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking. </member> <member name="engine_force" type="float" setter="set_engine_force" getter="get_engine_force"> - Accelerates the vehicle by applying an engine force. The vehicle is only speed up if the wheels that have [member VehicleWheel.use_as_traction] set to true and are in contact with a surface. The [member RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration. Note that the simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears. + Accelerates the vehicle by applying an engine force. The vehicle is only speed up if the wheels that have [member VehicleWheel.use_as_traction] set to [code]true[/code] and are in contact with a surface. The [member RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration. Note that the simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears. A negative value will result in the vehicle reversing. </member> <member name="steering" type="float" setter="set_steering" getter="get_steering"> - The steering angle for the vehicle. Setting this to a non-zero value will result in the vehicle turning when it's moving. Wheels that have [member VehicleWheel.use_as_steering] set to true will automatically be rotated. + The steering angle for the vehicle. Setting this to a non-zero value will result in the vehicle turning when it's moving. Wheels that have [member VehicleWheel.use_as_steering] set to [code]true[/code] will automatically be rotated. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml b/doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml index bf2df957ba..c3b668c170 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml @@ -8,9 +8,13 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> + <method name="get_rpm" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_skidinfo" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> @@ -22,7 +26,7 @@ <return type="bool"> </return> <description> - Returns true if this wheel is in contact with a surface. + Returns [code]true[/code] if this wheel is in contact with a surface. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -43,10 +47,10 @@ This is the distance the suspension can travel. As Godot measures are in meters keep this setting relatively low. Try a value between 0.1 and 0.3 depending on the type of car . </member> <member name="use_as_steering" type="bool" setter="set_use_as_steering" getter="is_used_as_steering"> - If true this wheel will be turned when the car steers. + If [code]true[/code] this wheel will be turned when the car steers. </member> <member name="use_as_traction" type="bool" setter="set_use_as_traction" getter="is_used_as_traction"> - If true this wheel transfers engine force to the ground to propel the vehicle forward. + If [code]true[/code] this wheel transfers engine force to the ground to propel the vehicle forward. </member> <member name="wheel_friction_slip" type="float" setter="set_friction_slip" getter="get_friction_slip"> This determines how much grip this wheel has. It is combined with the friction setting of the surface the wheel is in contact with. 0.0 means no grip, 1.0 is normal grip. For a drift car setup, try setting the grip of the rear wheels slightly lower than the front wheels, or use a lower value to simulate tire wear. diff --git a/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml index 07c753835c..15d1dfcf19 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_stream_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VideoStream.xml b/doc/classes/VideoStream.xml index 8906763c8d..7772c61e85 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VideoStream.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VideoStream.xml @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml index 5ceeb80e52..53e66cee74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml @@ -15,8 +15,6 @@ <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/2d_transforms.html</link> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/viewports/index.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="find_world" qualifiers="const"> <return type="World"> @@ -255,6 +253,9 @@ <member name="physics_object_picking" type="bool" setter="set_physics_object_picking" getter="get_physics_object_picking"> If [code]true[/code], the objects rendered by viewport become subjects of mouse picking process. Default value: [code]false[/code]. </member> + <member name="render_direct_to_screen" type="bool" setter="set_use_render_direct_to_screen" getter="is_using_render_direct_to_screen"> + If [code]true[/code], renders the Viewport directly to the screen instead of to the root viewport. Only available in GLES2. This is a low-level optimization and should not be used in most cases. If used, reading from the Viewport or from [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code] becomes unavailable. For more information see [method VisualServer.viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen]. Default value: [code]false[/code]. + </member> <member name="render_target_clear_mode" type="int" setter="set_clear_mode" getter="get_clear_mode" enum="Viewport.ClearMode"> The clear mode when viewport used as a render target. Default value: [code]CLEAR_MODE_ALWAYS[/code]. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml b/doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml index 8a26de5ed7..1642f7e85f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml b/doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml index 01832b18bf..ab3c2696aa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml b/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml index a507c0be9a..910ca033d1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml b/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml index 177c70246e..3943eca7f5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml b/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml index 062371ba29..986d6b8b13 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_on_screen" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml b/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml index 7b553c7518..787a33d752 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="is_on_screen" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml b/doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml index 486c05eff7..59f0a531dd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_aabb" qualifiers="const"> <return type="AABB"> @@ -16,6 +14,18 @@ Returns the [AABB] (also known as the bounding box) for this VisualInstance. </description> </method> + <method name="get_base" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_instance" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_layer_mask_bit" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualServer.xml b/doc/classes/VisualServer.xml index 94a7786295..3997798cca 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualServer.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="black_bars_set_images"> <return type="void"> @@ -68,6 +66,22 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="camera_set_frustum"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="camera" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="offset" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="z_near" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="z_far" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="camera_set_orthogonal"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -175,12 +189,15 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="mesh" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="texture" type="RID"> + <argument index="2" name="texture" type="Transform2D"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="normal_map" type="RID"> + <argument index="3" name="normal_map" type="Color"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="arg4" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="arg5" type="RID"> </argument> <description> - Adds a [Mesh] to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands. Only affects its aabb at the moment. </description> </method> <method name="canvas_item_add_multimesh"> @@ -2068,6 +2085,17 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="light_set_use_gi"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="light" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets whether GI probes capture light information from this light. + </description> + </method> <method name="lightmap_capture_create"> <return type="RID"> </return> @@ -3562,7 +3590,14 @@ <argument index="2" name="screen" type="int" default="0"> </argument> <description> - Attaches a viewport to a screen. + Copies viewport to a region of the screen specified by [code]rect[/code]. If Viewport.[member Viewport.render_direct_to_screen] is [code]true[/code], then viewport does not use a framebuffer and the contents of the viewport are rendered directly to screen. However, note that the root viewport is drawn last, therefore it will draw over the screen. Accordingly, you must set the root viewport to an area that does not cover the area that you have attached this viewport to. + For example, you can set the root viewport to not render at all with the following code: + [codeblock] + func _ready(): + get_viewport().set_attach_to_screen_rect(Rect2()) + $Viewport.set_attach_to_screen_rect(Rect2(0, 0, 600, 600)) + [/codeblock] + Using this can result in significant optimization, especially on lower-end devices. However, it comes at the cost of having to manage your viewports manually. For a further optimization see, [method viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen]. </description> </method> <method name="viewport_create"> @@ -3761,6 +3796,17 @@ Sets the viewport's parent to another viewport. </description> </method> + <method name="viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="viewport" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]true[/code], render the contents of the viewport directly to screen. This allows a low-level optimization where you can skip drawing a viewport to the root viewport. While this optimization can result in a significant increase in speed (especially on older devices), it comes at a cost of usability. When this is enabled, you cannot read from the viewport or from the [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code]. You also lose the benefit of certain window settings, such as the various stretch modes. Another consequence to be aware of is that in 2D the rendering happens in window coordinates, so if you have a viewport that is double the size of the window, and you set this, then only the portion that fits within the window will be drawn, no automatic scaling is possible, even if your game scene is significantly larger than the window size. + </description> + </method> <method name="viewport_set_scenario"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml index 7240d7a4d0..6d5f53d992 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShader.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="add_node"> <return type="void"> @@ -55,6 +53,22 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="connect_nodes_forced"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" enum="VisualShader.Type"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="from_node" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="from_port" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="to_node" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="to_port" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="disconnect_nodes"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -131,6 +145,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="rebuild"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="remove_node"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml index 4175cb088a..4fa80d8c82 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_input_port_default_value" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml index dc2abfff25..fd406db053 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml index 06dca13426..518c7ba3b8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml index 5f8005561c..d9a927e75d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml index e906049cae..23223587a5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml index 9b01bced8b..b78efa2adc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml index 0a8d3a0449..ec61729782 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml index 8427d012f1..09f68a0e9a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml index 958c740082..b06fc97b14 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml index 661894e7b6..a86db216c4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml index 8d6182bcd6..f07827db29 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a5477280f --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeExpression" inherits="VisualShaderNodeGroupBase" category="Core" version="3.2"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="build"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="expression" type="String" setter="set_expression" getter="get_expression"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml index 823e251203..ea8589e6cb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2484a44fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeFresnel" inherits="VisualShaderNode" category="Core" version="3.2"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37d48956f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualShaderNodeGroupBase" inherits="VisualShaderNode" category="Core" version="3.2"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="add_input_port"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_output_port"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear_input_ports"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear_output_ports"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_control"> + <return type="Control"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_free_input_port_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_free_output_port_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_input_port_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_inputs" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_output_port_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_outputs" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_input_port" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_output_port" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_input_port"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_output_port"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_control"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="control" type="Control"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_input_port_name"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_input_port_type"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_inputs"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="inputs" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_output_port_name"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_output_port_type"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_outputs"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="outputs" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_size"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml index 4e606b95aa..374a1e379a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIf.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml index 1d82716086..32398b8545 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml index 4ea4713428..3debde0634 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml index d2b80dc3b4..ff109a949e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml index 66401c6bf6..4c5309d1e7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarConstant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarConstant.xml index 81103d3b96..b18ac46fbd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarConstant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarConstant.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml index c78be81034..6c3eb95b6f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarFunc.xml index 66bdfab5a6..b0ee422bbd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarFunc.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -77,5 +75,7 @@ </constant> <constant name="FUNC_TRUNC" value="30" enum="Function"> </constant> + <constant name="FUNC_ONEMINUS" value="31" enum="Function"> + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml index 96f664fb1c..9d01e20b8d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarOp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarOp.xml index c5a331679f..b2939a55ee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarOp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarOp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml index 5be54d0b4f..737c535659 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarUniform.xml index 979574c6d8..bdbb02561b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml index 1c346e7a1f..930d914035 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml index 30c193d03a..7a73868c2b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml index 7000392261..9312c24fe7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml index f103df2442..0939eb393d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml index cf3ba87ccc..5b4c046ce1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml index ba4cbd0510..d986e6b7a8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml index 601e66ca16..e74f449212 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml index e9c445526d..6082434beb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml index f4f81b9000..0a28e0c1f6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml index 358ce31258..46d3be2ded 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml index c685148161..09371f91de 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml index 401e937b52..1ea7e8115e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml index e7ca1f90fb..a1c9b14566 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml index 677625ebce..a5d1e94e2f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml index 49a7caf5e3..b7f650c82e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml index f498f95ad0..30727379e6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml index e382cb0b58..678df0fe3b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml index d83a520a46..f7c9acecf7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml index 5e57d85b4c..e67cb2e07f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> @@ -83,5 +81,7 @@ </constant> <constant name="FUNC_TRUNC" value="33" enum="Function"> </constant> + <constant name="FUNC_ONEMINUS" value="34" enum="Function"> + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml index 89c441f1f9..2a398c653d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml index 8e3ad6757a..f6fdc0aff3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml index 6524f129da..cfcd16bbff 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml index 32bb0692d4..4df072040a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml index a158b4731d..4334eee7c1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml index 88c9b006fc..ad8cac059b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml index 1ddd5f26ce..59acff7d05 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/WeakRef.xml b/doc/classes/WeakRef.xml index 4b8f3de45b..6845c81a13 100644 --- a/doc/classes/WeakRef.xml +++ b/doc/classes/WeakRef.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_ref" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> diff --git a/doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml b/doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml index aac5b975ba..c5d66af984 100644 --- a/doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml +++ b/doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml @@ -8,14 +8,12 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_close_button"> <return type="TextureButton"> </return> <description> - Return the close [TextureButton]. + Returns the close [TextureButton]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/World.xml b/doc/classes/World.xml index de5d290dea..c8e6944b83 100644 --- a/doc/classes/World.xml +++ b/doc/classes/World.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/World2D.xml b/doc/classes/World2D.xml index 6bc33fd7da..66ef18f8f4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/World2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/World2D.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml b/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml index 845a6bc936..b4524bfea0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ <tutorials> <link>https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/3d/environment_and_post_processing.html</link> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/XMLParser.xml b/doc/classes/XMLParser.xml index 8882f5cc6e..a11e95db79 100644 --- a/doc/classes/XMLParser.xml +++ b/doc/classes/XMLParser.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="get_attribute_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> diff --git a/doc/classes/YSort.xml b/doc/classes/YSort.xml index 7eb87f38c2..b9f3fa914b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/YSort.xml +++ b/doc/classes/YSort.xml @@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> </methods> <members> diff --git a/doc/classes/bool.xml b/doc/classes/bool.xml index 6f4c4771cd..9ed029a500 100644 --- a/doc/classes/bool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/bool.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="bool"> <return type="bool"> @@ -17,7 +15,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Cast an [int] value to a boolean value, this method will return true if called with an integer value different to 0 and false in other case. + Cast an [int] value to a boolean value, this method will return [code]true[/code] if called with an integer value different to 0 and [code]false[/code] in other case. </description> </method> <method name="bool"> @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Cast a [float] value to a boolean value, this method will return true if called with a floating point value different to 0 and false in other case. + Cast a [float] value to a boolean value, this method will return [code]true[/code] if called with a floating point value different to 0 and [code]false[/code] in other case. </description> </method> <method name="bool"> @@ -35,7 +33,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="from" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Cast a [String] value to a boolean value, this method will return true if called with a non empty string and false in other case. Examples: [code]bool('False')[/code] returns true, [code]bool('')[/code]. returns false + Cast a [String] value to a boolean value, this method will return [code]true[/code] if called with a non empty string and [code]false[/code] in other case. Examples: [code]bool('False')[/code] returns [code]true[/code], [code]bool('')[/code] returns [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/float.xml b/doc/classes/float.xml index 48d27f54b1..506fb643e1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/float.xml +++ b/doc/classes/float.xml @@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="float"> <return type="float"> diff --git a/doc/classes/int.xml b/doc/classes/int.xml index ed62eacf8d..dad0f0d8c0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/int.xml +++ b/doc/classes/int.xml @@ -22,8 +22,6 @@ </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> - <demos> - </demos> <methods> <method name="int"> <return type="int"> |